Apocalypse 2012

Either one of three things will happen concerning the end of the world.

1 - It happens suddenly and unexpectedly, in which case I just hope it doesn't hurt to much.

2 - We see it coming and can do something about it, in which there's no problem.

3 - We see it coming and can't do anything about it, in which case there's no reason to get exited, just have fun till the end.

If you really belief the world will end soon, either because of mayan callanders, rapture or whatever sect you belong to, feel free to give me your life-savings and pension money.

Alcari, Reykjavik, Iceland
March 25, 2008 10:00am

Don't forget Whisenaunt's followup hit "89 Reasons the Rapture is in 1989".

Alan, Long Island, NY
March 25, 2008 3:13pm

The whole idea of "the end of the world" is a very human-centred view, and one relating to our relgious society.

What do we mean by "the end of the world"? Every apocalyptic description from (King James) Revaltions to Planet X place mankind at the centre of some universal fury - be it the wrath of God or Earth's "alignment" with the centre of the galaxy, thus destroying us with increased gravity (yes, believe it or not, this is central to the 2012 idea).

In short, backed up with astronomical ideas or not, it is still a hugely out-moded idea, and one that really doesn't accept our humble place in the order of things.

I think Brian missed a trick with this podcast, he really could have gone to town on the ins and outs of the predictions and picked them apart like only he can. Still, maybe in part 2?

A great place to get perspective on just how obsessed our culture has always been with the Apocalypse (a word whos roots are more similar to the Mayans original meaning than people might realise; that being the end of an "age" rather than the "world") is:

http://www.abhota.info/end1.htm

Joseph, London
March 26, 2008 5:55am

It was good to get a bit more information about this. I was first introduced to the concept by a colleague at work. We stared in disbelief as he filled us in on his version of events and tried to get us to invest in the 'survival belts' that he was launching on Ebay to help people survive the end of the world. No, we didn't get that either!

Vikki, London
March 26, 2008 11:38am

The moon is slipping away from our gravitational pull, that would mess us up I'd imagine.

I wonder what the target date for that happening is.

Would it occur before or after the Sun becomes a Red Giant and engulfs us, or Supernovas?

I'd be willing to bet we kill each other off one way or another long before any sort of planetary doomsday happens.

vita10gy, Eau Claire, WI
March 26, 2008 12:40pm

Back in the day (1999 and then 2000) people thought that planes would fall out of the sky because of the Y2K bug. Apparently people think that planes fly because of their electronics (okay in same cases electronics do make a big difference). The ability to stay in the air has nothing to do with Bernoulli or physics.

Of course one of the aspects of "settled" science is why planes fly, which is why you can still get arguments flying between those who have faith in the Bernoulli Principle and those that are Angle of Attack (or something similar).

I still believe that Sting was right... The Russians love their children too.

brad tittle, Bremerton, WA
March 26, 2008 2:14pm

I wonder if in 2598 or 2654 there will still be charlatans like these people or if science and rational thought will have dominated. Am I being too optimistic? Maybe so, if you have watched the flick "Idiocracy".

Offtopic: Mr. Dunning, I have to say that a couple of weeks ago I stumbled upon your site and couldn't believe in the quality of your podcasts. Thank you for your great service for us who try to follow a rational understanding of the world. I live in Brazil, a developing country. There are very few good books in portuguese in skepticism and science, and we have to resort to importing books. However, we earn thrice less than people from developed countries and end up paying thrice the actual price of books because of the taxes. I have downloaded all your podcasts and burned a CD with it, which I now listen when I am going to and returning from work - that is one hour a day that I am using to get educated about skepticism and science. I am looking forward to buying your book.

Again, thank you very much. And I hope you have great success with your TV series, which I am also eager to see. Have you thought about using a service like selling digital versions of these videos?

Patola, Campinas - SP, Brazil
March 26, 2008 3:27pm

Well yes, the end-of-the-world thing is really human centered, but it's fits nicely with the whole supernatural mumbojumbo.

Of course, there are plenty of real threats to the world as we know it. War, Pestilence and Famine might not be on horseback, but they're definatly a threat.

Death, on the other hand, does ride a horse, and it's name is Binky.

Alcari, Reykjavik, Iceland
March 26, 2008 4:00pm

I agree that it would be pretty pointless to suggest that the Mayans stopped their calender because of the end of the world. I think they got to a good point and said. "Hey, we're probably not going to be around for this long so why should we make our calander any further than this."

Anyway didn't most people think that all computers would go insane in 2000. So yeah, I would say that this is completely stupid.

ChaosSpaceMarine, N/A
March 26, 2008 5:02pm

"Recall how we all got to enjoy the excitement on the millennium of watching the digital displays roll over from 12/31/1999 to 1/1/2000?"

I remember watching people who THOUGHT the turn of the millennium was 1/1/2000. The actual turn of the millennium was a year later.

The year 2000 has been referred to as the "popular millennium," but centuries and millennia begin in years ending with "1."

They used to catch people with this one all the time on Jeopardy...

Lowbill, Knoxville
March 26, 2008 10:20pm

Thats really cool Lowbill. Never knew that!

ChaosSpaceMarine, N/A
March 27, 2008 9:22am

Bravo! This is the first time i have ever read this much common sense on this issue. The 2012 theory is a marketing tool used by TV and publishers. Same thing that happened with the 6/6/06 theory of doom I heard so much of here in the bible belt. Great research too!

Jason, Waco, Texas
March 27, 2008 8:55pm

The dates and times we use are a human invention. They really have nothing to do with geological time, astrological time or anything else.

There is no reason for anything to happen at a specific date that has numerological significance to humans. If the end of the world is coming, it will be when nobody predicted.

Alchemist, Australia
March 27, 2008 10:45pm

Alchemist, you're completely wrong there. You see, as soon as they do figure out a date for the end of the world as we know it, religious group worldwide will pop out and claim that's what they've said all along.

and they'll have some arcane, numerological reasoning why they're right.

Alcari, the Netherlands
March 28, 2008 5:33am

Alcari

Well, this goes back to what I was saying about what the end of the world actually is - and why do you think we'll ever be able to work out a "date" for it?

Joseph, London
March 31, 2008 2:52am

It's already upon us, my friends, and it has nothing to do with religion. We're all going to kill each other, and then, we can hope, something better manages to populate the planet.

Demetrius, Shelburne, ON
April 01, 2008 2:30pm

Already upon us? It has been almost 24 hours since you said that and no mass murders or riots.

My expert diagnosis:

Demetrius = false profit

In the future, try placing your prediction a bit further into the future. Then it takes ten years or so to be proven wrong. Or take notes from Nostradamus, put your predictions way into the future and in a code that can only be read after the fact. Then you will never be proven wrong.

Steve Loeffelholz, Iowa City, IA
April 02, 2008 10:03am

Did I hear you say that the US will elect a new president in November of 2010? Or did you have a Hillary moment and miss-speak (if there is such a word)?

Larry Hickey, London
April 03, 2008 11:12am

Well 2009 there'll be a cure for cancer, which then infects ppl with some disease, and almost everyone will die in 2012

Whatever, the world ends when it ends....

peace

fatty, burlington
April 07, 2008 11:39am

We keep trying too come up with dates....incredible! It will come as a thief in the night when no one is paying much attention.

charlie, w. monroe
April 07, 2008 4:36pm

A nice episode, but I'd add one correction. My understanding is that mayan cosmology included an uncertainty regarding the continuation of life at the end of calendar cycles. This uncertainty about a possible end to the world was part of the purpose of their ritual sacrifice. Now this uncertainty was a fairly regular occurance, be that the intersection of the rising of Venus and the earth year every 8 years along with all the other calendar cycles you mention in the podcast.

I think saying the Mayans, if they were around, would have found nothing significant in 2012 is not correct. They probably would have been quite worried that the end of times may come, and had many human sacrifices in hopes to keep the cosmos running.

This is not to imply that the mayans felt 2012 was the only time this world could end, but one of many possibilities. It was best explained to me as unlike Christians who believe the world will someday come to an end with the second coming; the Mayans were unsure if the world would come to an end. And sacrifice, along with their intricate calendar math, was their way of trying to keep the continuation of life and restore the cosmic energy. An interesting side note is that some scholars feel this concept is one of the reasons the Mayans have a written zero. That the concept of nothing was a key religious belief in a world where they thought the flow of life could stop at the end of celestrial cycles.

Thank you for the wonderful podcasts.

Seth Gillum, Los Angeles
April 15, 2008 11:21pm

Death is the end of the world
for each of us. These sorts of
things seem like a way for
humans to grapple with one's
demise without truly pondering
the inevitable. Such pondering
helped me to sober up at a
young age which for most is
a time of invincibility.
INDEED the END is near for all!

Life becomes MUCH more
important and purposeful
out of death. Trying to
cover and deny such is
to lose out on a mystery
of the ages. The Paschal
Mystery echoed in nature
and in the best wisdom
through time.

Denis Bach, Lansing, MI
April 21, 2008 10:51pm

I think/hope that 2012 brings about change. As a matter fact, I wish it would happen sooner. NO, I don't want the world to end. A change of consiousness is all that I would like to see. When we view human beings around the globe as equals and treat each other with repect and care, we'll all be better off. I understood 2012 to be the time when this would occur although the popular belief is that the world will end that year. I don't know, but it is an interest topic that can't be proved or disproved until December 13th 2012.

Andre, Torrance
April 22, 2008 9:24am

An interesting listen, however the facts could use some checking. One portion of the program stated that Jehovah's witnesses made "firm predictions" regarding the end of the world in 1918, 1925, 1941, 1975, 1984, and 1994. This is far from accurate. The Bible states very clearly that no one knows when this will happen, and this has been the believe of Jehovah's Witnesses from before 1918. There has never been an official prediction of the day, month, year, decade, etc when the end of this world will occur.

Matt, Harrisburg, PA
April 22, 2008 10:53am

The same hippie twits are pushing "global warming will kill us all" to the same morons who previously bought into the "acid rain will kill us all" crap.

(The only thing that got killed was America's manufacturing capability.)

Me, I'm playing it safe and investing in a new startup that makes an eclectic variety of little plastic "dashboard saints", including Mothman, Edgar Cayce, etc.

Dick C. Flatline, Chicago
April 28, 2008 1:07pm

The bandwagon saying the world is going to end is as full as the one of complete denial based on the past. The greatest effect of the future is the possibility of change.

I don't think the world is going to end, although sometimes as I go about my daily life I might wish it so. >.> Instead I agree with ideas of a great change that may or may not come with the cost of many lives. It's not black and white, and as previously stated it's not even something anyone can conclude until the day comes.

I prefer less opinion driven articles of the matter:
http://www.helium.com/items/460316-everyone-hears-about-different

If you're looking for quetzalcoatl then nothing said will make a difference in your beliefs. The same can be said for the opposition.

Jim, Burlington, NC
April 29, 2008 7:40am

I took a look at that article. By "less opinion driven" I guess you meant "completely uncritically accepting of pseudoscientific absurdities."

Eric Schulman, Corona, CA
April 29, 2008 7:46am

I agree with the author, I think you'll find that the Jehovah's Witnesses have made several "boo-boo's" when it comes to predicting the end of the world. Here's an example:

"The outbreak of World War II was seen as the beginning of Armageddon. An in-house publication of the Watchtower stated in 1940:

'The Kingdom is here, the King is enthroned. Armageddon is just ahead. The glorious reign of Christ that shall bring blessings to the world will immediately follow. Therefore the great climax has been reached. Tribulation has fallen upon those who stand by the Lord.'"

Oops. . .

Joshua, Ohio
May 14, 2008 2:22pm

It wont end. I'm positive. i just hate to see people believe it. more and more people are believe its a hoax, started by the history channel.

the bible code is fake, god didn't make a bible for a "code". NASA would have told us about a meteor, or anything coming. The Mayans didn't predict the end. they just reached a new baktuun or whatever, kinda like a millennium, Nostradamus didn't say anything about it. the only TRUE THING is the mayan calendar ending and the galactical alignment. everything else you here is BS. we will be fine just please don't beleive in this paranoia. its to scare littel ones.

jordanzaaf, boston, massachusetts
May 15, 2008 12:57pm

As an astronomer I can Promise you it is immpossible for a planet (planet x) to maintain an elyptical orbit as long as the liberal consipiricy theorists suggest. It simply does not exists.

alex, Las Vegas
May 20, 2008 9:46am

its not gonna happen!!!

youshi, salt lake city
May 22, 2008 6:51am

I'm tired of this crap "O MY GOD the worlds gonna end in 2012!!!!!!!!" they also sayed that about new years eve on 1999 thatthe world was gonna end and like this article sayed in 2003 also its all a stupid hoax

Colin, Tennessee
May 25, 2008 7:53am

That was prettii convincing. the most recent big deal i remember about an apoclypse was 666. 06/06/06 was supposed to be day of the devil...wanna kno wut happened? as expected, nothing. =)

itz cool to read this stuff though

Natasha, Florida
May 25, 2008 9:28am

It's not a big deal, the end of the world...It's happening right now here, and the ironic thing is , its the government's own fault! Ha...
it's hogwash, man will be talking about it in 6012.

Mark, Trinidad and Tobago
May 25, 2008 2:10pm

Like i said before its so NOT gonna happen! I'm doing a research paper on the Apocalypse of 2012 for school and I have found websites they say ohh its soooo gonna happen but then i found the websites that tell the truth about all the stories and what not. Every story thats told about how the world is gonna end has a way to find the truth. like the mayan calendar. that wasnt a prediction of the world ending...thats just when the calendar ended and their calendars stop reset and start over again.

THE WORLD ISNT GONNA END IN 2012!!!

Youshi, salt lake city
May 26, 2008 12:15pm

The truth is, either the world is going to end, or (more likely) it won't. If it does end, though, we're never going to know the difference anyway because, lets face it, if the world ends, so do we.

My answer to the question "will the apocalyse come in 2012?" is that it really doesn't matter.

Sidney, Maine
May 27, 2008 9:13am

all things that are impossible with man is possible with god, our world might or might not end but our soul never die life and death is a never ending, seperation by death is a mere illusion

angie, trinidad15
May 29, 2008 12:50pm

its a bunch of crock just like the tabloids i mean we had y2k where all the computers in the world were to explode , year 2000 was sopose to be the end but we are still here and oh ya just because the mians had advancents tecnologies than us cause of some crystal skulls , i mean indian jones is just a movie now the goverment has everyone in an uproar because it makes him feel good i mean if the crystals were real arent thery soopose to be together in tead of buried across the world for man to hunt untill its to late ? instead watch the movie and say oh were all gonna die i mean give us all proof outher than what the mians and astronomers aer saying WE WANT PROOF !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

jenny, moncton
June 02, 2008 4:55pm

I'm sorry, but this is so STUPID! No one can just say "THE WORLD'S GONNA END IN 2012!" This is the real world, it doesn't work like that. This is all Fake. If you believe this, just shut up, and GET A LIFE!

Matt, Chicago
June 03, 2008 2:06pm

I Think it will happen, it it does we might die, never mind

P.S I LOVE STAR WARS!

Paul Cameron, Norwich
June 04, 2008 3:47am

The world is not going to end in 2012 something is going to happen on 2012 but not the end of the world,Morons this days are reatarded.What I think the Mayans said is A NEW BEGINING will happen in 2012.A new civilization will happen wich means our civilization will be over,we might die and a new civilzation starts.Thats what I think I dont know but I think it will,hope it doesnt happen hope not,but something will happen in 2012 BUT NOT THE END OF THE WORLD.

Jose Carlos, Houston
June 05, 2008 4:08pm

WHAT? I was really looking forward to cashing in my trust fund sometime around 2010 and traveling around the world until that invisible planet smashes into Europe. I'm SO DISAPPOINTED!

David Bowman, Chapel Hill, NC
June 05, 2008 6:28pm

I think the reason that people belive that the age of aquarius will be the end of the world bescause the fish is a sign that Jesus used many times . I don't want to get real preachy here, but the bible says the second comming of christ will be the rapture. Doesn't matter to me I'll be long dead by then. Personally I think WWIII will erupt and we'll nuke each other until the planet is a peice of dust.

Charles, Elkhorn WI
June 06, 2008 6:22pm

I really dont belive the world will end in 2012 , i mean the said the same thing about 2000 as you can see where still here . So i say they are just making this up

wayne, vanderbijlpark(south africa)
June 08, 2008 9:13am

wow this is complete bullshit i dont know how anyone could believe this the world aint coming to an end sorry.

Mark, LA
June 08, 2008 2:27pm

The world is not going to end. Civilizations are not going to die off. Nothing is going to change. Unless of course, you include most of the population acquiring the philosophy of "fuck it, the world's ending tomorrow" during the insane parties the night before, and a record number of drunken deaths plaguing the earth. But aside from this, the universe will continue on just as it had in years past.

laur, new york
June 09, 2008 8:33pm

nah....things will change but no world ending.....
maybe more destructive nature distasters etc.....but hey! would we care? you can see it about China...just a look in the paper and a day later you dont care about it anymore

mehhh, netherlands
June 10, 2008 8:17am

I really think that scientists are making too much of deal out of this! Just because the stupid mayan calendar says so, does not mean everyone should start crying and telling all there friends. because every single day I get and email from one of my friends saying, "we are all going to die in 2012!" GET OVER IT! nothing will happen!

JOSH&EVAN, Stamford, CT
June 13, 2008 1:44pm

i don't think that the world will end. but alot of things might happen u never know and yeah hearing that we are going to die in 2012 is kinda stupid.they said that about 2000 and that the computers would crash but as you can tell that didnt happen. so no i dont think that the world is going to end! it just seems to wierd!!lol

Juilana, USA
June 13, 2008 7:37pm

I've been reading about all the 2012 doomsday stories, message boards, articles, movies, etc....For the most part, these people are selling something. I think this is a marketing strategy to take advantage of the not so advantaged right now. They think we need something to grab onto because of all the problems occurring. Well for centuries and centuries, these things have taken place. I love to read about everything but I've found serious flaws in most the writings I've read and a lot of repetitive jargon that seems to come from unreliable sources. I follow links and they bring me to sights that tell me I need to prepare or buy books, or call and donate money. I mean good god, it's bad enough we are all struggling with the current price of gas, food, and news of nuclear weapons trying to be bought by Iraq. I am going to keep on reading and reading and hopefully when 12-21-2012 comes, I will be celebrating Christmas with my family, loving kids and planning to wake up to a beautiful 12-22-2012. I do believe in God, but I am tired of all the drama taking place.....

J L, Louisiana
June 16, 2008 10:56pm

I just can't allow myself to live in fear like that.

Suzie B, Maine
June 17, 2008 7:27pm

Are we really going to be afraid about something uncertain? What about the possibility of having a car or airplane accident? Do we stop going to work and staying home for fear of something happening? and what about illnesses? Unfortunately bad things happen and we have no control, none, let it be then; in the interim lets enjoy what we have and smile, because RIGHT NOW...we are still here!

Ceci, GSO, NC
June 22, 2008 4:13pm

Why fear what we cannot know? Just walking outside of my house could result in the end of my world. Why worry about it? I don't see why we think this calandar could mean the end of days. If it had said, The world will come to a fiery end on this day, then I might be a little freaked out. But it didn't, it just ended. Why worry about something we can't control anyway? The world could end in 2012, I don't think it will, but either way there is absolutely nothing anyone could do about it. I choose to not worry about the uncontrollable events of the universe and I think a lot of other people should do the same.

Traci, Montana
June 24, 2008 12:37am

Pray to Jesus that this cup might pass us. Worry not, live your lives, but pray as well!

Osirus, denver
June 24, 2008 9:45am

It's not so much the world will END, but it will end as we know it. This might mean corruption in politics is finally publicly shown and thwarted, it could mean humans realize helping each other in turn helps themselves, i've even heard that after that day Reality will be what you think reality should be, If you think it's going to be Hell then it will be. I'm not saying this will happen but a lot of people aren't afriad of whats coming more so embracing it. Humans are generally afraid of change, Why? It might be for the better.
Cheers

Steve Johnson, toronto Ont
June 25, 2008 11:42am

Steve, do you mind if I ask what evidence specifically convinced you that the world will end as we know it sometime in 2012?

Eric Schulman, Corona, CA
June 27, 2008 8:48am

I'm guessing that he is using the same "signs" that have been pointed to over the last several hundred years. According to these people, the world has been in a perpetual state of ending for quite a while now.

Steve Loeffelholz, LeClaire, Iowa
June 27, 2008 2:25pm

This is a great article for these so called atheists who, when challenged, use writings from old religions to prove their points. When has the government ever not been corrupt? 2012 will just be more corrupt than 2011. I like the fact that science is explained and used as proof. People will use science to prove their points but ignore it when it disproves their points. I mean, the calendar that ends 12/31 every year, how is it different than the Mayan calendar?

Jim, Marlboro, MA
July 03, 2008 10:28am

ok so 2012 is nothing but a date in time...when will this so called time end, no one can be 100 percent sure...most people just choose to believe the world will end that year because they have no meaning as to being on this planet...for the other people, when you think of the 'end' you usally tie that in with death and death usually gives you more meaning to live...do you people even realize that when you say 'the end' it can have a million different definitions...if u truly believe that 2012 is an end then you have absolutly no opinions so you use other peoples beliefs...people have been tryin to put an end to the world for as long as i know...there hav been thousands of guesses as to how everyone will go...heres a question, why does the world have to end on one specific day and why does it even have to end???...

Cupid, USA
July 08, 2008 12:09pm

a million definitions eh? list please. the whole thing is bull life will go on and there will be no change. The only sudden ways for life to end are massive object hitting earth i mean huge, or nuclear war. Neither of these are near happening.

meldan, galway, ireland
July 10, 2008 1:20pm

What about the supposed solar flair??

Shanus, Coventry, RI
July 10, 2008 5:09pm

Solar flare? You mean a coronal mass ejection?

Well, if there /is/ a CME large enough to burn our electric grid, then yes, we're in a bit of a sticky wicket.

The odds of such a thing happening in 2012 are quite low, though.

Barikada, Alberta
July 10, 2008 7:20pm

Bravo! Excellent article.

Alan Callison, Boaz,Alabama
July 12, 2008 5:35am

well i would say that people in the world are driving themselves crazy there is no real proof that the world is gonna end so people dont worry over it

Roger, North Dakota
July 12, 2008 6:04pm

so...that was intrestin--not really but oh well. first of all what is up with people thinking the world is gunna end?? do u seriously wanna die that fast?? hum well i think the whole 2012 thing is just another thing people say to put some action into their life...well u see how well thats working...i personaly think evryone should just forget about everything and start over new....

guesswho, somewere
July 13, 2008 5:42pm

Love the article and it has calmed my nerves. After hearing all the hype over 2012, I was worried myself!

Dani, Kentucky
July 14, 2008 11:21pm

that was well thought out and i enjoyed reading it, what are everyones thoughts though? do u think the mayan people are right or wrong?? i think they're wrong

rob, earth
July 17, 2008 4:05pm

I'll pack up the fallout shelter.

But really, I want to stay on watch just in case of a -real- incident.

Hikikomori, Nevada
July 18, 2008 12:38pm

Thanks so much! Now I can rest at ease in the knowledge that we can go on the we are forever....

Dude, California
July 18, 2008 6:16pm

this does calm my nerves,but nobody can predict when the world is going to end.only God knows because hes then one doing it, and it will happen when he thinks it should.

kk, dc
July 19, 2008 1:27am

It's just funny to see all this money and time wasted into this 2012 idea or any other apocalyptic cenarios for that matter. All scams and publicity stunts. No one knows when the world will end. It's people like James Randi that give me hope. Hope that humans aren't thaaat stupid.

Randy, New York City babyyy!
July 19, 2008 10:07pm

In regards to the religion aspect as well, I'm pretty sure that Catholics believe that the end of the world will occur when the human race achieves world peace. While I don't consider myself Catholic, I definitely don't see that happening by 2012.

Melissa, Illinois
July 21, 2008 8:15pm

i have a question..

what is your proof for all of this?!
Is it written in the bible?!

because the only true and valid of all scriptures is the bible.

nobody can predict such thing as "end of the world"?!

it can happen today or even tomorrow!! not in 2012!!

your just threaten the people!!

patricia, philippines
July 23, 2008 9:59pm

I think the world will end in 2-3 billion years when the sun starts forming into a red giant evaporating all of the water on earth. Of course if the enlarging of the sun doesnt extend our orbit, the sun will probibly swollow us as well. Thus no more Earth.

You think it sucks now with all of the oil shortages. Wait till then when all of the water starts going away. The heat might be too great for us to withstand though so we might all be gone anyways.

As far as 2012, I don't know, but what I do know is I HIGHLY doubt it'll be 'the end'.

Mike, Cleveland, OH
July 24, 2008 3:12am

earth is eventually going to be destroyed but i do not believe it would occur so soon . all this apocalypse stuff is bull shit. it is just to arouse excitement in an otherwise dull life of the people.
i am quite certain nothing disasterous is going to happen to us.
happy new year 2013 !

kranav, new delhi
July 25, 2008 9:57pm

i do not believe the world will end untill some astroid hits us or the sun explodes. like others have said its just to arouse peoples excitment. dont worry people the world will not end in 2012. one last thing, the artical listed all the supposed doomsday dates and i believe im still alive and 2012 will soon be on that list

Jacob, Cincinnati,ohio
July 28, 2008 4:16pm

When I was 16 I was impressed by one book, where ancient legends were put together and made a logical picture. End of the world was also described there. So I, sceptical from childhood, tried to have a look at other legends. Comparing different calendar cycles from different nations I didn't find any common deadline for the world existence. I was a bit dissapointed. But I became much more sceptical about most of fairy tales, in which people still believe.

Dmitriy Polovinkin, Lviv, Ukraine
July 30, 2008 5:22am

fuck, i was looking forward to it too

Robert, Hollywood, Florida
July 30, 2008 2:44pm

i dont truely believe the world is ganna end on that date. I just think the mayans calendar ends. doesnt mean the world is ganna end. But, i do think that the world will be in horrible shape from lack of fres water and minimul fresh air from no trees so maybe the world will end in a different way inn that time ??????

jason, new york
August 01, 2008 7:41pm

come on end of the world in 2012 probably very unlikley.im a christian and i dont believe the world will end when/if jesus comes back, i think it was just something priest added to the bible to frighten people to become christians.the world is not going to end

jack, kentucky
August 03, 2008 4:13pm

I'm sorry Jack but if you have any knowledge of what happens to stars then you'll be fully aware that it's inevitable, although i'm willing to admit that conveniently your religion would have beleive otherwise.
I do not consider this a personal attack, Skeptoid moderators, i simply don't tolerate the denial of facts in favour of old texts, as beautiful as their imagery and teachings are.

Lee, Grimsby, England
August 04, 2008 11:08am

Lets see, The mayans predicted December 21st 2012, The ancient Chinese Predicted the EXACT same date and ancient oracles of greece did too. Now you tell me, what the hell does THAT mean?

LIZ, Portage IN USA
August 04, 2008 2:48pm

Ok. i gotta say this. HOW Can a planet bring the world down? i mean there held in a pattern. just one big pattern. there glued together. SO i just think this article is a load of BS.

Brodie, Phoenix,Az
August 04, 2008 7:08pm

I belevie that the world will not come to an end in 2012 but that will be the coming of chirst, and the anti-chirst then there will be the biggest battle ever fought between good and evil. Then it wont be a matter of when the world is coming to an end but how

Aaron, ohio
August 05, 2008 10:44am

I think that when we pass through the arbitrary "middle" of the isotropic milky way disc, there's a lot of debris for our solar system to fly through, my conspiracy is that we've been passing through the middle since the early 80's, "the middle" is gas and dust that has slowly spun out from massive centralized solar flares.I would not call the center of our milky way galaxy a black hole. I would call it a giant proto-sun that responsible for creating nebula's, stars, planets, asteroids and comets all within frozen dust clouds comprising the "dark rift" you see at night. I think somewhere along this passage of time that we all follow as the moment, something drastically went gonzo in our scientific education system called youtube...which by the way is censored, so even if you think your watching the real reason the dooms day is approaching, it's not even on the internet. i predict short winters, long summers, and relocation of the rain forests. Jurassic 2012. Don't forget I called it. PEACE.

Derek, Barre, Vermont
August 05, 2008 8:05pm

I feel there are several things that could happen in 2012.

1.Nobody has said this not that i recall but remember the bird flu? what if that spreads out in that year.

2.Another could be that people have said a nuclear missle could wipe the whole world?

3. Others said an astroid or comet will hit earth and will cause the worst Tsunami in history.

4. And last it could also be the rapture.

What about those theories i've mentioned?

vanessa, orlando,fl
August 05, 2008 10:15pm

I've got an experience of people hanging out in an internet cafe and a girl discussed what she saw on youtube, about the Nibiru crap. they all got very scared one of them said that they will love their mother more(which is a good thing) and the other states that she would watch more porn until 2012. I got so anxious to join but i don't these people so i kept my mouth shut.

My Critical thinking suggests that why would you trust Youtube for astronomical facts. why not see NASA, or European Space Agency(not sure of the name though) or Bad Astronomy.

Oh so Crappy.

JeromeClemente, Manila, Philippines
August 05, 2008 10:41pm

I believe the world will end on the 31st of December, 2008.

It is when the calendar on my kitchen wall runs out, and it has been right about everything else it has predicted - Easter, my dog's birthday... everything!

Brenton, New Zealand
August 13, 2008 7:57pm

But the Mayas didn't predicted the end of the world...
What they predicted was "a transition from the current Creation world into the next" the 5th one I believe. Which means that we are currently living in the 4th one.

Whatever that means...

Eru, Albufeia
August 17, 2008 6:47am

I don't let this 2012 confuse me. Why? I'm a "Frisbi-tarian."

I believe that when you die,
your soul goes up on the roof and you can't get it down.

Dan, Whittier, California
August 17, 2008 2:12pm

I belive 2012 but i think it would happen in 2021 instead and a perfectly plausible reason is because...

We are killing the world by poluting so if you look at it like that then it could end at anytime and it is all our fault anyway!!

Michaela, Shirley, Christchurch
August 18, 2008 4:59pm

I honestly do hope some of these people go away in 2012.

They obviously can't wait for the end of the world thus everyone dying in some form or another.

They want their lives to end and seem to get very excited about it. I have no objections.

Jon, Canberra
August 20, 2008 12:50am

I don't know when or where it will happen but i do know nobody knows when i'm not saying the end of the world crap is just mumbo-jumbo but its just dumb cuz Y2K didn't happen armeggedan didn't happen it's just something to get little kids scared the worlds gonna end but when? Nobdody knows....

Crapface, in the toilet
August 20, 2008 12:03pm

I agree with the article. For all the religious maniacs out there, do you really think God would tell you when he was going to kill you? God doesn't want to scare you into believing. For the planet thing, I heard that it was going to be an entire solar system, but there is no scientific evidence to back it. And a year ending does not mean another year isn't beginning, it just means it's not 2008 (or whatever year is ending) anymore. People who believe this need a reality check.

Adrian, Washington, DC
August 21, 2008 1:38pm

What I believe is that the human race tends to fulfil whatever he thinks of his future, if for example we believed in 1960 that humanity would have to go to space and look out for fuel somewhere, or for a place to live since earth was unlivable anymore, then that will be in the imaginations of the population and therefore become true.
I believe in conditioning, and that TV, and media, and luxury are separating us from that "energy" , that supposed natural instinct or intuition, just imagine what happen if we used it.
Would you be skeptical over yourself, or would you believe what is on your mind and make it true in real life?

For me 2012 is a date with coincidences, but i dont believe in coincidences anymore, so i just hope that humans in this planet will get along better, hopefully, reversing 1st and 3rd world countries, since resources are diminishing and 3rd world IS the one with resources, maybe a war for them, water and its secrets unfolded, and that "energy" that confuses some a little more present in everyday life.

We are not human beings having a spiritual experience, we are spiritual beings living a human experience.

Just remember, whatever you think can be true, and whatever others think may also be. If you get confused, think for yourself.

Julian, San francisco, Colombia
August 22, 2008 11:23am

were all going to die

adrian, ireland
August 24, 2008 8:43am

some sooner than others

Cindy, South Carolina
August 24, 2008 2:33pm

The Sumerians knew alot.You should do a podcast on them.If they werent depicting the solar system,what were they showing.Where did thier knowledge come from.Why dont you ever hear about them.Rome and Egypt took from them.They must be important.The Necronomicon is the first place I read about them.Why are they not given credit for thier important place in history.Didnt they have the first schools,invent printing,etc.Why are they always talking about aliens.Ananaki?

wayne, Trundle NSW AUSTW
September 01, 2008 11:17pm

There is a 3% chance that the scientific experiment under the alps could go wrong on Wednesday 10th September 2008, if it does then a black hole will kill us all.

Bob, London
September 09, 2008 10:20am

I believe in God. And what he has to stay. He had said that the prophecys will be fullfilled all of them, but things must happen first before the end of the world. The beginning of the end of the world is when Jesus comes and takes all his followers...including the dead...they will have their shells back...but you dont know when that will happen and neither do I... no one does..but dont let this fool you, prophecys are being fulfilled...or they are in the process...for instance...it says all money will become one and it will be a rainbow color...all of europe has eru's with rainbow colors....look at your new 5, 20, and 50 dollar bills here in the U.S. dont they have rainbow colors on them now? They do...the world will come to an end at some point...but NO ONE can predict it... the only one who can predict it is GOD! So enough with this nonsence!

Unanimos, Denver, CO
September 11, 2008 8:58pm

Which nonsense in particular, Unanimos? There is so much.

Marius vanderLubbe, Nullabour Plain, Australia
September 11, 2008 9:08pm

youd be suprised whats around the corner.alien weapon systems.

jeff hixson, seattle,usa
September 12, 2008 11:31am

The reason why 2012 will be different is because we dont expect it to be. a calendar which has predicted thing for 5125 yeqars cannot just end, many believe it rolls over and 'restarts' if you will, but our actions will be the deciding factor in the direction the calendar will take.

shyala, toronto
September 12, 2008 9:20pm

LOL you fools, we're going to die in 2012 and you know it. stop hiding from your petty homes and accept the dire fate of your pathetic lives. PERISH !

mark, Melbourne, Australia
September 14, 2008 6:46am

I will be safe . I have a tin foil helmet.

Marius vanderLubbe, Nullabour Plain, Australia
September 14, 2008 4:08pm

Good to see someone rational regaring this 2012 BS.

Ryan Cole, Hamilton
September 14, 2008 5:40pm

Good to hear someone making sense of the 2012 thing. It has gotten majorly out of hand...

Bob Dole, Washington, D.C.
September 15, 2008 7:51am

2012 may not be the end of times, but I'm sure something catastrophic will happen in a much greater scale than with 911, Katrina, '04 Tsunami, etc. Look around you and see all the chaos already happening. We are definitely in the end times. Im waiting for a better life - aren't you?? Believe and trust in Jesus Christ and you shall perish and be reunited with all your loved ones in a much better place - HEAVEN! Jusy relax, believe in your heart and don't worry about dates of end times etc. When it happens, be ready and enjoy the crossover into a better place.

troy, st.louis
September 15, 2008 11:01pm

Good for you Troy. I bet you cant wait. Praise Jebus and pass the katchup!

Melkor, Utumno.
September 16, 2008 4:36am

Nice man. This will own Katie Stahl and her ridiculous stories. She's such a scoundrel.

CHRIS, JOHNSTOWN, PA
September 16, 2008 10:47am

There is always going to be A lot of guess work , that is why we should study the scripture and seek God so we can know the truth. Above all believe in Jesus. Prophecy is interesting.

Faye, Indianapolis, Indiana
September 16, 2008 6:25pm

I found God. He was down the back of the sofa the whole time. I also found $6.35 in loose change.

Marius vanderLubbe, Nullabour Plain, Australia
September 16, 2008 7:42pm

iam so scared of the apocolyps are wegoing to survive this or die are aliens coming ,satan coming , or the world will explode ,are there going to be a bombs

owen hunter, edmonton
September 19, 2008 2:41pm

Thank You!! I'm so tired of people obessing about this. It's nice to see that there are still some people capable of rational thinking on this planet!!

Anna, CA
September 24, 2008 7:22pm

As far as tha Planet X theroy goes it was discovered On google sky and proply the site shut down rebooting with a large portion of the sky blackened. Adding more mystery to planet X plus a 12 foot tall skeleton was found in India presently being held in a museum which was talked about in the bible and in the sumerian texts. Ohter prophets also talked about this time you will see things get a lot worse before it never gets better. Mother shipton prophecies and stormberger just to name a few. the world will never end just as us huddled ignorant masses know it.

aaro, INdiana
September 30, 2008 9:16am

I say let the sin begin;
it's a count down for the end of the world. Burn every thing, engage in unprotected sex, sleep with relatives, introduce narcotics to your younger siblings.

and why shouldn't we?

the end of man is iminent
thank you

Silvia Swanson, Doomsville, Washington
October 06, 2008 6:09am

It's amazing how people can still believe in these theories without any proof or even an acceptable hypothesis. The Mayans would have probably celebrated at the end of their long calender, not fretted over the destruction of the planet by a kamikaze planet. I may be too lame to put down my real name and address, but even I fail to comprehend the basis behind this irrational urban legend.

Darth Vader, Milky Way
October 15, 2008 3:47pm

I say, WHO CARES if we can predict the end of the world? Shouldn't we be living every day as though it is our last? If any thing, all this 'jazz' only makes me want to live a better life and what harm is in that? Besides, I'm sure God is upstairs just laughing his behind off at us "peons" trying to figure out his next move!

Tessa, Nowhere
October 15, 2008 6:09pm

this is absolute crap
you tools think the world will end cus the mayans got lazy n stopped their calender
i predict the world will end may 18 2423 there you happy you plugs
thats just as good as the mayans prediction
have fun chilling in your hole that day
tools

James Lowe, London ONT
October 16, 2008 7:43am

Good work on the site, however I think you mislead the people reading it by not properly depicting the most important facts. Basically It has been proven that oracles and psychics in various parts of the earth predicted to the date many important historical events such as Columbus descovery of the new world, Hannibals attempted invasion, the rise and fall of Napoleon, September 11th, and many more. They also independently came to the conclusion that on dec. 21. 2012 a world altering destructive dasaster would occurs killing 70 percent of the population. If you get a chance watch decoding the past doomsday 2012 and you'll see. Also check out my site www.wix.com/nathanchernis/JTS Even if it dosent happen better safe then dead. Thank you

Nathan Chernis, Henniker NH
October 18, 2008 11:19am

its kinda scarie but i dOnt thiink iit''s true

shanda, puerto rico
October 21, 2008 3:18pm

To Nathan: Are the predictions very specific, like "A giant space rock will hit the Earth in 21 day of the 12th month in the year of our lord 2012?" Or are they very vague like "something bad will happen in 2012?"

If is the former, it is a testable claim. We can wait until December 2012 and check to see if the claim is wrong.

If it is the latter, then the prediction is so meaningless that it not worth looking at. It is just as meaningless as when I tell that there will be conflict in the world.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, ca
October 26, 2008 12:01pm

File this under pedantic nitpicking:

Brian is slightly wrong when he references the date of 8/11/3114 BCE as the origin of the Mayan calendar.

By convention the Julian calendar does not have a year zero but the Gregorian calendar does have a year zero when extrapolated BCE. Brian's date is a conflation of Julian year numbering and Gregorian leap year rules.

The Mayan date 0.0.0.0.0 corresponds to:

JD: 584282.5
Julian Calendar: 9/6/3114 BCE
Gregorian Calendar: 8/11/3113 BCE

and it seems like only yesterday...

Paul Sanford, San Francisco
October 30, 2008 5:31pm

i think of my self as some sort of psycic and i'm not going to say i think the world is isnt going to end, but i truely thing the world will outlive itself in 90000, but then again when year 90000 comes everyone in the future will be like this: hah! see! that meh guy in the ancient comment board was wrong were not dead! my point is, no one wants the world to end, but people think that well if the worlds gonna end its not gonna be in my lifetime, ill spread rumor about the world ending in 10 years when i'm 110 years old.

meh, indianapolis
October 31, 2008 1:32pm

I was disappointed that you didn't include...

how the Freemasons are clearly involved in a conspiracy, and the statue on top of the Capital faces the exact spot on the horizon where the sun will rise on the winter solstice of 2012

how groups are conspiring now to be sure that the antichrist is elected president in 2012

JP, Birmingham
November 07, 2008 7:45am

I don't know what to think of this 2012 Prediction. Im kind of scared at the percentage of people who believe this is true. 12/31/1999 Was supposed to be the end or civilization because the computers would "Reset" and we'd lose everything. You see, thats man made, the 2012 conspiracy is not man made, its Natural, Planet X, natural Disasters, I dont know, I'm pretty scared right now, I really hope I forget by 2012 what I read now, and people don't bring it up. And if anything does happen, its a positive, constructive thing to humanity.

Sam, Chandler
November 07, 2008 8:20am

Ya This stuff Is creepin me out yo but either way it is what it is

Michael, albuquerque NM
November 09, 2008 10:18pm

21 December 2012

We hear each day "two oh one two"
The kids all ask if it is true.
"Nibiru, the planet we must fear,
Or planet X shall soon be here.
The Mayan count runs to an end.
I was told this by a friend.”

Nibiru the hoax world of Sitchin
Fit only for the garbage bin.
Devoid of fact, reason or wit,
Science laughs at all the talk of it.

Of planet “X” Nan Lieder cries,
And yet she won't look at the skies,
To come in four short years it's true,
The damn thing must be now in view!

"Where is it?" Science asks with glee,
"You said, 'Beware two thousand three!'
With Earth it didn't make a tryst,
We're very sure it don't exist!"

Galactic lines are the next fright,
And yet the angles are not right.
“Six degrees off!” the scientists say,
“It happens near each solstice day.”
But it would no difference make,
You can be sure the thing’s a fake.

"Planets align!" or so some say
"It will be on that very day."
Yet naught of fact now can they quote,
I'd like to take them by the throat
And try to squeeze some truth right in,
But murder now they say's a sin.

Failed prophets, fools, those full of fraud,
Are people with whom we all are bored.

Copyright to me, and subject to “improvement” if
inspiration strikes.

Ken E

Ken E, Terrible close to Canberra
November 14, 2008 12:28am

umm. why would the world end theres no change oooh planet x is coming and im turning life extinct ha ha like what the heck! hurricanes,tornado's, and what so ever This can never never happen i belive in aliens but why would it target earth. this about i think its 32% chnce that would ever happen like they said the computers and technology would eplode but.. nooooo see it wont happen its global warning from the ozone lair

Sebastian, niagara
November 14, 2008 6:55pm

But the "world" (or Earth, at least) WILL end will it not? When the sun swells into a red giant and swallows us. Millions of years from now but surely a show worth waiting for.

Chris Foreman, Yerevan, Armenia
November 17, 2008 7:51am

I for one have every intention of seeing the world end in a few million years.

It might be a bit over-optimistic, but hey, I can dream, right? ;)

Marcel, Reykjavik, Iceland
November 17, 2008 5:09pm

As a friend of mine says, I intend living for ever.

Its all going well so far...

Brenton, New Zealand
November 23, 2008 12:40pm

I Heard that that the world is going to end by solar rays shuting off all mechanical things we use so we'll have to fend for our selves

Nicholas, Philadelphia
November 25, 2008 4:29pm

Nicholas - you heard wrong...

And let's be honest. Most of the people in the world today don't rely on mechanical devices to survive. They plant crops by hand, they harvest them by hand and they eat and cook them by hand.

While a major collapse of infrastructure (from whatever cause) would be a problem, it certainly wouldn't end the world.

Brenton, New Zealand
November 25, 2008 5:02pm

There is an interesting page (http://www.end-of-the-world-2012.com), which allows to vote and leave a comment about 2012...

Regards Bernie

Bernie, Cologne, Germany
November 25, 2008 7:02pm

Hello I understand that maybe that crap could happen but as long as god rule the earth none of that crap will happen but i've heard that Planet X is out of orbit and the mayan calender what do you mean i'm a christian so idk.

Ben r, New York
November 27, 2008 8:39am

Ben, I too wish to add my congratulations for your clear, cogent and concise explanation of what is going to happen.

I wonder if you could just clarify some of the material further for me.

Could you just explain everything after "Hello"?

Thanks in advance, etc.

Brenton, New Zealand
November 27, 2008 1:08pm

be concerned with the beginning not the end.

elmo, S.America
November 28, 2008 9:40am

Brenton: Attempted translation.

Hello,

I understand that maybe that crap could happen, but as long as God rules the Earth, none of that crap will happen.

But I've have heard that Planet X is out of orbit and theories about the Mayan calender. What do you mean?

I'm a christian, so I don't care.

Junkie, Atlanta, GA, USA
November 30, 2008 8:13am

well i've seen many things concerning the apocalypse videos on youtube programs on tv hundreds of websites people must really be scared if they are going to make so many things talking about it

Spencer, Casper, WY
November 30, 2008 2:48pm

i dont know what everyones getting so scared about maybe if they would stop going to google and go to scientists like on NASA.gov who actually know what they're talking about they all think this end of the world thing is retarded sure the poles are weak but it doesn't mean that the world will end those mayan people are 1,000's of years old they dont even know why it rains why would they know about the end of the world and why would god do this to us he loves all of us why would all of the sudden he decide to kill us all the end of the world is crazy

Noah, los angeles, CA
November 30, 2008 4:04pm

Yes, a lot of people are scared...

Amazing 33 % of 225 voters on the page (see my last comment) said:

"Yes, I believe to the 2012 prophecy"

Hard times for everybody, when they go to panic then :o(

Bernie, Cologne, Germany
December 02, 2008 4:04pm

But Bernie, what sort of person googles "2012" and then feels the need to go to these websites and vote. It's selection bias that's going to attrack more wackoes than the normal population.

Morgan, Tracy, CA
December 03, 2008 12:23pm

Instead of focusing on the Mayan calender, it might be useful to look at the mechanism of our destruction. Unfortunately we can't look at the mechanism of our destruction because it's not there. This planet coming our way, not there. There's no planet. NASA had a guy check, all the planets are accounted for and where they are supposed to be. No suspicious planets hanging out there in our solar system trying to look nonchalant waiting to mug us.

Let's not romanticize the Mayan. Their interest in calenders likely had much more to do with the practicalities of growing corn than predicting doom. For those concerned about 2012 please consider this: the people who thought up this calender also came up with the idea that the gods would like it if the men and boys took an obsidian knife and put cuts on their penises as an offering. If having dad and junior slice their genitals didn't make the gods happy the sacrifices got even more interesting (in a lethal sort of way). Now, do you really want to make major life decisions and get all worried based on the mysticism of a people who came up with that little gem?

Craig, Washington DC
December 05, 2008 8:28am

Cool I like that the world end in 2012. Maybe I will start to tell people its no sence to save money longer then to 2012, so use all your money. take BIG credits in lokal banks.

I like that, Sell your house to me, I give you 10.000 cash, much less then the marked price but what the hell.. you only need your money to last to 2012 anyway. I buy it 2011, but you can live there for FREE to 01,01,2013 (everybody is dead then anyway). Use all your money to buy fun stuff (that I can sell you) Cool I like this crazy things... :-)

Bergesen Bjarne, Bergen, Norway, Europa, Tellus
December 06, 2008 2:02am

YES...THE WORLD WILL DIE IN 2012.

AKHBAR AKHBARAKH, NEW YORK
December 11, 2008 9:48am

All science trembles before your overpowering logic Akhbar.

Craig, Washington DC
December 11, 2008 12:05pm

wtf its not true the world would not end iin 2012 wtf??

frankie, new york
December 11, 2008 4:19pm

Well it might but there's no evidence to suggest that if it does it relates to the Mayans running out of room on their calender.

It might also be good to mention that the Mayan's didn't predict their own destruction either. There's no evidence of a mass exodus or the erection of defenses to precede the arrival of the Spanish. By accounts of the Conquistadors they were welcomed and even observed some of the rituals. Hardly the behavior of a people who expected to be destroyed.

Craig, Washington DC
December 17, 2008 10:48am

The Rapture
May 21, 2011
…A wise man's heart discerneth both time and judgment. Ecclesiastes 8:5

The End of the World
October 21, 2011

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The purpose of this tract is to inform you of the great urgency there now is in the world for each and every person to be reconciled to God. The Bible is the Word of God! Everything the Bible declares has the full authority of God Himself. Now, at this time, information is coming forth from the Bible which clearly reveals God’s plan for the rapture (the taking up into heaven) of His elect people and the end of the world itself. The Bible has opened up its secrets concerning the timeline of history. This information was never previously known because God had closed up His Word blocking any attempt to gain knowledge of the end of the world. We read about this in the book of Daniel:

Daniel 12:9 And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end.

However, now in our present day, God has opened up His Word (the Bible) to reveal a great deal of truth concerning the end of time (and many other teachings). Also, in the same chapter of Daniel, it says:

Daniel 12:4 But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.

God is now opening up His Word because we have arrived at the time of the end. For this reason, it has become very obvious to the serious student of the Bible that we are now living in the last few days of earth’s history. As a matter of fact, because we are living at the end of time, God is now revealing to His peopl

EBibleFellowship, Sharon Hill, PA
December 21, 2008 12:35am

Okay, this above, this is a problem. People who think like this aren't going to try to solve anything. There's no reason to come up with solutions when the world is about to end.

EBible. Do you understand the long term consequences of injecting this sort of thinking into our public policy? Why should we worry about, carbon emissions, fisheries and forest management and food scarcity when all these problems are actually good news because all that suffering is a precursor to a glorious end. I don't even need to go into the problems with this sort of thinking in our foreign and national security policy.

Your vision isn't a glorious end, it's a death cult.

Craig, Washington DC
December 21, 2008 2:34am

Well, Ebible Fellowship, what is withe the cherry picking of the bible?

If you read Daniel 12 in context, you will discover another of the many people that said they have secret knowledge of the world. The lord gave Daniel secrets about the future, but he does not want to share it.

The first 3 passages from that chapter is so a prophecy so general that it could mean anything.

Passages 4-9 is the recounting of a dream he had. In that dream, he sees a man in linen cloth. These passages are commonly used to refer to Jesus, but are in reality so general that it could mean any man in linen cloth.

Passages 10-13 is about Daniel taking that secret knowledge and holding onto it for 1290 days. After that little bit of time, Daniel 12:12 says wait 40 more days after that.

The last line says hold on this knowledge 'til the end of days. In other words, when read in context, it says you will see the end of time Daniel and you get to judge the wicked. That meant Daniel could not see past his own generation and wasted his life telling everyone that God is gonna get you.

Now, out of context, those passages are another in a list of veiled threats that have no impact on the real world. It basically says that when the end comes, you better be on my side less something happens to you.

Now, you can do me a favor and come back to this site on January 31, 2009. We will ten tell why you got this one wrong.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley Ca
December 21, 2008 8:16am

Who cares what the mayans thought or a book that's been decoded by other ppls opinion! It will be here when it gets here!

unknown, unknown
December 22, 2008 7:19pm

December 21, 2012...
Either another hisotrical urban legend as it has happened in the past, or a complete recycle of our solar systeme where we start all over again for who knows how many years!

Luis..., Somewhere
December 24, 2008 3:59pm

I agree but there is one you didn't mention that has much more solid foundation the alignment of the center of the galaxy and the earth causing a gravational pull as to switch the poles of the earth. This has been confirmed by science across the world can you expain this I'm entrested in your opinion

rich, New Port Richey
December 26, 2008 6:26am

Rich,

Gravity has no effect on electromagnetism (which is the force created by the magnetic poles of the Earth). Secondly, I don't quite understand this idea of 'alignment' with the center of the galaxy; gravity's effect expands outward in a sphere- it's not projected in any way that would increase/decrease it's effect on Earth, unless by 2012 we are somehow several thousands of light years closer to the galactic core. Thirdly, you state that 'this has been confirmed by science across the world'... where? by whom? in what journals?

A lot of people who follow the 'coverage' of the 2012 Apocalypse are misled by the pseudo-scientific language used. Do not fall for it- if you do not understand something touted in the explanation LOOK IT UP. Because someone says something that sounds like physics does not make it physics. Educate yourself and respond to chaos and fear with reason and clarity.

Patrick, Philadelphia
December 26, 2008 10:39pm

Well, no such thing has been confirmed by science. There's no reason to think such an alignment would cause any negative consequence.

If something were to happen at the center of the galaxy it would take many thousands of years to have an impact on us. Let's say there was some new gravitational pull from the center of the galaxy. It would have to travel from there before it could start effecting anything. Which would be in about 1400 years.

The speed of light, it's not just a good idea, it's the law.

Craig, Washington DC
December 26, 2008 11:09pm

Speed of light IN A VACUUM is a constant. Scientists have slowed and stopped and restarted light, i stumbled across it not long ago.

Phil E. Drifter, guess
December 27, 2008 5:02pm

It would seem that many great civilizations have wrongfully predicted end times. I am certain this is occurring again.God will not allow us to know when the end is coming. It will simply come. To the joy of some and torment of others.

Kyle, Ohio
December 27, 2008 10:57pm

Only God will let us Know the end of the world...

dan, md
December 28, 2008 5:11am

Only God will let us Know the end of the world...

dan, md
December 28, 2008 5:11am

I think the "2012" idea is romantic, that the Mayans might have had knowledge beyond Modern Science. The real question is: "where are they now?"... had they developed a plan to abandon the planet? Are they involved with alien species? Are they in fact what we believe to be alien when in fact they are watching over what once was their home? Or have they simply become extinct? I doubt that we will have answers to any of these questions in the near future, but I know that we are learning more now than ever before, largely due to limited ability to censor public thoughts on the internet. Keep learning from each other and we may end up with answers!

Tyson, FSJ, BC Canada
December 28, 2008 11:23am

It's here. It is upon us. Let us pray. God, we Father, thy scripture best, be upon thee given root. Deny no entry to thy faltered son, for thee be on thy way. Upon no burden giveth thy among your sacred strong. We pray to thee upon the end of days.
By 2012, we will be no more. January 1st, 2009...Satan speaks.

mary, basement
December 29, 2008 1:17pm

Yes we know what happened to the Mayans; the Spanish kept copious notes about what happened to them. They weren't this super sophisticated group of Aliens, the lost tribe of Atlantis, or enlightened inter-dimensional beings. They were primitive civilization that engaged in human sacrifice, and self mutilation because they thought the gods would like it. The Mayan didn't even predict that the Spanish were coming and they didn't identify them as a threat at their arrival.

Why is it that you easily reject the Mayan sacrificial ritual of tongue and penis cutting without a thought but you uncritically accept that when their calender runs out the world ends? I'm assuming here that you don't go out into the garden and say "hmm... looks a little dry better get out the dull obsidian knife and cut my penis to make it rain". Yet they run out of room on their calender and suddenly their this super intelligence race?

Mary, why is it that I get the feeling you don't see the end of the world as a negative outcome?

Craig, Washington DC
December 31, 2008 10:11am

Why is it people belive everything they here? I belive in the bible{KING JAMES VERSION}. God does not give us a date only small clues. Mary find something else to do with your time. Read the bible!

amber, soper
December 31, 2008 5:18pm

only Good Knows about it if this IS true all we can do is to pray. find something else to do your time, READ the BIBLE.

arianne, philippines
December 31, 2008 10:25pm

Biblical "End Times" obsessions are just as flawed as any 2012 Planet X believer's. I'm glad the King James version came up because it's one of my favorites. The King James Bible (KJB) was based on the Textus Receptus (TR) which was complied by Erasmus in the 1500's. The TR is a compilation of six Greek manuscripts which only happened to be on hand. Even those weren't complete so he filled in the holes with the Latin Vulgate. The oldest existing manuscript of any Gospel is about 340 CE. The earliest cannon wasn't compiled until well past 300 CE. We know that the text changed radically because Paul complains about his letters being altered and the critic Celsus notes how the texts change to answer criticisms. Even if, and it's a big if the early Bible accurately reflected Jesus' life, we don't know what it said because no one has the original. It's a little precarious to try to interpret the end of the world on such flimsy evidence.

Stop with the death cult (Christian and pseudo science/mysticism). There is no reliable ancient text from anywhere that predicts the end of the world. You may resume living your life and stop getting all excited about this.

Craig, Washington DC
January 01, 2009 12:10am

come on people. there have been so many predictions for the "end of the world" before and it has not happened. Our world is in the shits right now, but not nearly in enough for it to end in 3 years. No one can predict the end of the world and when or how it is going to happen. and eventually it will happen, but not for at least millions of years. So it is useless to sit and worry about it. Just live your life and appreciate life in the now!!!

mandy, Chatsworth
January 01, 2009 3:11am

So I always felt that the Mayan guy in charge of the calander was working on it... then some other guys came in and sacraficed him to appease the gods... he didn't get to finish it. Maybe his hand was cramping up? Maybe his vision was blurring? Maybe an epidemic spread throughout the colony and he was on the "toilet" for weeks. There are so many possibilities for why it ended, and "the world ending" is only one of them.

Steph, USA
January 01, 2009 5:59pm

THANK YOU! There are people in my school who go on about 2012 from what they hear, and most of it is from the History Channel. Yes the HISTORY CHANNEL. -_- Anyways, thank you for being rational and actually researching all of this. If only i had a printer right now..

Ivan C., Bell Gardens, SoCal
January 01, 2009 9:28pm

Actually Seventh Day Adventists werent the ones, it was the head group the original adventist group but today's seventh day adventists dont actually believe that.

J, LAX, CA
January 02, 2009 12:00am

Remember when people saying computers were supposed totake over in 2000. People and their imaginations

M.brown, omaha,Ne
January 02, 2009 12:39am

well i guess i wont live very long im a 15 year boy who graduates high school in 2011,a year before the end. Ill probally be 19 and I wont be able to have a very long adulthood. Well anyway i think all this stuff is coming true.

nathan morrow, Splendora,Tx
January 02, 2009 11:11am

Whoever thinks they know when the world is going to end must be mentally ill...... Nobody, NOBODY knows when the world is going to end.

Theo, U.S.A.
January 02, 2009 12:18pm

only god knows the end of days we all know the end is near we need to get or hearts right with god and worship him the god all mighty

terry, bham,al
January 02, 2009 8:24pm

Nathan, I wouldn't worry about it. It's silly to think the Mayan predicted the end of the world. They couldn't even predict the end of their own civilization There are no planets that are about to crash into the Earth. They are all exactly where they are supposed to be following Newton's laws like the upstanding celestial citizens that they are. Now go do something cool with your life and don't worry about this nonsense anymore.

Terry, I'm assuming you're referring to end times predictions in the "Book of Revelations". Yeah, not so much with that. It's just a made up story with no credible claim to John or any other Apostle to make early Christians think that their tormentors would be punished.

God if there is a personal one is fine. He doesn't need to be worshiped. What, he loves me but if I don't do the correct rituals or believe the right things he goes all Mommy Dearest on me and sends me to be tortured for all eternity. That's not God you're worshiping, it's Joan Crawford. I really have to think that anyone who could create the universe has a pretty healthy self image and doesn't need me to tell him how great he is.

Craig, Washington DC
January 04, 2009 10:26am

Craig you better hope you're right, huh?

BTW the Mayans and other ancient civilizations knew more than our modern day astronomers, about the universe and our own solar system. You clearly haven't done your homework

Dawn, Lansing, MI, USA
January 04, 2009 10:26pm

Dawn, your comment about the ancient civilizations knowing more than modern day astronomers is an unsupported assumption based on theories and interpretations, and demonstrably wrong, hence a fallacy.

alexin007, california
January 04, 2009 11:32pm

THANK YOU! I saw the History channel's segment on this, and although seriously ill to think my babies would soon face destruction, I began to think, "gee, maybe they just got tired of drawing their calendar so long...". I must say that I am up at 1:36am looking into this, as I fear for my children constantly (as most mothers do!), and your article has completely restored my peace of mind! If it happens it happens, if not, well, then I expected it to not happen! YAY! Just like Y2K...all those people going crazy and then the next day looking around with dumb expressions on their faces! Thank you again! Now that I know I am not alone in looking into this (and I am grateful you've done the leg work for me!), I can go back to bed and resume my happy state of mind (which I had up until that darn tv segment!LOL).
Thank you, from a worried mother of 3 in Oklahoma! (6yo, 2yo and 5mos old!).

Nichole, Weatherford, OK
January 04, 2009 11:39pm

Well, lets see: The Mayan didn't come up with the Law of Motion. They didn't make any predictions about General or Special Relativity. They didn't discover anything about planets orbiting distant stars. What precisely is it they knew more about than we know today? Better question, if they were so good at predictions, why were they still in their cities when the Spanish showed up? They could predict the end of the world but not that they new guys with the funny hats were going to kill them?

The world has plenty of real problems. There's no need to invent more.

Craig, Washington DC
January 05, 2009 8:25am

Good article, thanks for the research.

2012 presents a strange and bizarre confluence of multiple beliefs, mythologies, traditions, predictions/prophecies, and even cosmologies. Never before has one period of time (or even one date -- December 21, 2012) been the object of so much dooms day speculation. It is rapidly becoming Y2K on steroids.

Its almost as if we have an obsession, or perhaps a twisted desire, to see the world come to an end in our generation, (incidentally, each generation since the dawn of man has thought that they would see the 'end of times' in their life; it must be hardwired into our DNA). I think fundamentally we all feel that the earth is changing, and that we, as a species, are off course. We have met the enemy and he is us. Perhaps we want the world to fix itself, even if that means we get 'thinned' in the process?

Regardless, 2012 does present some sobering, scientifically proven risks (aside from the fear-mongering scams), that we should take seriously. And, short of a catastrophic, species-ending event, this is a date that you can prepare for. I have spent years studying 2012, both the scholarship and the nonsense, and my conclusion is that you should take the date seriously if for no other reason than SO MANY people actually want it to happen. Its called 'collective manifestation' and it should worry you. Check out my blog at SurvivalOutpost.com, for more information.

I don't think you should build a bomb shelter, but you should be prepared for a lengthy disruption in infrastructure. Think long term food and water supplies and you'll be okay.

KBaum SurvivalOutpost.com

Kevin Baum, Austin
January 06, 2009 6:51am

What scientifically proven risk would those be? Which of those risks are mitigated with the pocket knife you get free with a $50 purchase from your website? Funny, I didn't see a blog on there.

Craig, Washington DC
January 06, 2009 9:29am

How is anyone so certain that any of this is going to happen?? There is NO hard evidence that this is going to happen. Everyone that is going on tv and stating this is going to happen in just 3 years time is just putting the world into an uproar. I honestly don't think that it's right. I was raised catholic and studied the Book of Revelation since I was little. Everyone is reading up to chapter 8 in the book and not going any farther. Yeah there are some scientific facts that could lead up to this but that probably will not happen for hundreds, maybe even thousands of years from now. People need to have hard proof that this is goint to happen before they just start assuming things.

amanda, topeka ks
January 06, 2009 7:21pm

Heavy Sigh.

Revelations is a made up book with no reliable claim to any Apostles. It's very clearly not written by the author of the Gospel of John. It's a revenge fantasy to reassure the faithful that their persecutors would be punished at the end of the world which they thought would be soon. It's not real. It's like the parables or Michael Jackson's marriages. Martin Luther thought it was a load of crap and said so many times. I'm not sure why as a Catholic you would have read it because while it's part of the Cannon, it's not included in the liturgy due to it's highly suspect origins.

Craig, Washington DC
January 07, 2009 12:26am

Good article. However, this statement is incorrect:

...in 12,000 years, Christmas will come to Australia in winter

The Gregorian calendar, currently in use through most of the world tracks the tropical year and accounts for the precession of the equinoxes. See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gregorian_calendar#Calendar_seasonal_error. The seasonal error in the calendar will be less than two weeks in the next 12000 years.

Tarren, Honolulu, HI
January 07, 2009 4:36am

Well in any case the world in a way has been coming to an end think about all that has been going on around the world wars, floods, look at the economy why would it come down to one specific date..as it is stated in this story it has been dated and those dates have come and gone... the world is still workin in a mysterious way... only thing i can say is that something well happen by that year 2012 but the question is what?? Im sure the world well still be around but well it be warfare, debt, or some other way that brigns are civilizations to an end...

N. Jose, Sells, Az
January 07, 2009 11:44am

I don't think there is anyway this is possible because mankind doesn't suppose to know when it's coming. I however am a Muslim and believe this is not going to happen because in our bible it states it can come anyday and anytime. I believe that and am sticking to it. Our minds likes to think that it's coming because we are humans. All humans think that way. However, People need to trust on proof and evidence to really prove this is coming and most of the evidence is not accurate in my opinion.

Usman, West Allis 53227
January 08, 2009 11:08am

History Channel has a special about Nostradamus airing right now and a lot of what they are saying seems very baseless and they seem to repeat the same things over and over (I flip back and forth between the channels) It seems like they are trying to cause more of a scare and get some good ratings than actually try to show some useful stuff. I think more people should read this post if not just to calm themselves down a bit.

Gaffin, Norwalk CA
January 08, 2009 10:00pm

Let's address what we're really discussing here. It's not the end of the world, but the end of humanity. The planet will survive, even if we don't. Until the sun starts to die, and our planet gets burnt up and consumed by it, our planet will be here.
There are many people who claim that rather than the world ending, 2012 will bring a new awreness among people, a planetary paradigm shift that will reshape how we treat the Earth and each other. Only time will tell, but I'm not holding my breath.

Todd Soulliard, Harrisburg, PA
January 09, 2009 6:15am

Do they mention why in 2012 we will get our new awareness? How would a planetary alignment, end of the Mayan calendar or a close pass by this nonexistent planet X cause anyone to become more aware of anything? There's no demonstrated relationship between gravity, or Mayan calendars and human consciousness.

Craig, Washington DC
January 09, 2009 7:08am

The only item I found remotely believable on the History Channel's series was the galactic alignment and what it might to do earth's magnetic shield. Maybe mess with our cell phones, maybe fry us with gamma rays. Of course, the History Channel chose to emphasize the frying with gamma rays.

Justin, Houston
January 10, 2009 11:22pm

Fortune tellers, mystics, scam artist and others who espouse unproven beliefs and tell us to have faith, have been making a lot of money from the gullible forever. I doubt it will stop. When so many people in the United States believe that the earth is only 7 thousands years old, surely they can be sold property in Florida that is safe from the end of the world.

Don Groover, Newton, KS
January 13, 2009 1:29pm

Thank you for post iv been terrified about this for ages since i can across this on the web it has really messed my life up. Since reading your post and the articles Dr ian oneill has wrote WWW.astroengine.co.uk im feel more confident that this is all a hoax, once you start looking into the scientific facts you realsie its a bit far fetched!! It has just been blown out of proportion thankfully here in england doomsday 2012 isn;t really heard of :)i just wish everyone would stop with the whole doomsday 2012 as it is really scaring some peoplw, its cruel!

paula, england
January 13, 2009 3:21pm

It's on my birthday... I simply cannot believe it's predicted to happen on my birthday. Not that i don't have any faith... but it just HAS to make my birthday look bad.

Bruce, California
January 13, 2009 3:35pm

Perhaps the hype will be the cause of end of days. Just a self-fulfilling prophecy.

"Oop- Happy New Year- Time to go hit a button."

Maybe.

Julie, Denton, TX
January 14, 2009 10:22am

well, the whole 2012 doomsday is based on the mayan calendar. it is said to end Dec. 20th 2012, shit for all we know they (the mayans) just felt that they should make a new calendar after the susposed galactic alignment. However the mayans did dissapear, saying that means they couldnt finish the calendar.

Randy Starr, Tanana, Alaska
January 14, 2009 10:58am

THANKS YO I DIDNT WANT TO LET THE FEAR OF THAT MESS UP MY LIFE
BUT SINCE THEN IM GOING TO KEEP ON LIVING

NICHOLAS, ELGIN IL
January 15, 2009 5:22pm

I heard someone in an article then when a certain number of Popes have came and gone (Or when one is just coming into being a Pope), then the world will end but I don't quite remember.

I've also heard about the 2036 theory where an asteriod will hit just off the coast of LA.

Who knows how the world will end?

E. James, Colorado
January 17, 2009 12:27pm

Thanks, you made my life alot easier.. ive been trying to get people to understand that this 2012 shit is all b.s. but everyone refuses to believe me..
Hell, the damn Mayans could have just gotten tired and too laze to cobntinue their calendar..
Anyhoo.. Great!! I love this page!!

Vanessa Robertson, Montreal, Quebec
January 17, 2009 10:28pm

I don't know what to believe.
Everyone has a different state of mind.
So how would we know its true.
That's like me saying the world will end when i want it to end.
That's how i see it people are putting there dates for when the world will end.

However we should never never question God.

Remember it was said that the world would end in 2000 and other dates and it hasn't has it??

Venessa, Arizona
January 20, 2009 3:00am

It depends how one defines "world", so if WORLD, means the world of fine arts and music, it had long ended. If you mean the world of green movements and environmentalism, then its just begun...

Each to his own, but the birds will not stop flying and the fish wont all come bubbling up to the surface of the sea in Dec 2012...

Becky, NEW YORK
January 23, 2009 1:53pm

I Think all of that is just all B.S but you never no with our econdomy this days and with global warming effect

J, TBay
January 24, 2009 7:58pm

Good Article on 2012

Watch out for Lulin First - closest approach to earth on 24 Feb 09 -Just below earth - means South Pole of Earth - NASA calls it Comet - But it is as big as Jupiter - following the path which was expected for Nibiru or Plaent of Crossing or Winged Planet or Lulin - NASA on spaceweather.com states that its tilt is as of earth - which otherwise means that when it will be below earth at a distance of 0.4 AU (1.0 AU is the distance between Sun and Earth) the South Pole to Earth will be directly pointing towards Lulin or say LULIN's NORTH POLE WILL BE DIRECTLY POINTING TOWARDS EARTH's SOUTH POLE.

- We cannot call it normal comet visit - because during the last 15 yrs - the major SPT's have been installed on South Pole of Earth -- which means something was expected to come near South Pole of Earth.

- DUMB's (Deep Underground Military Bases - NASA has constructed approx. 2 Km below earth - more than 100 cities (and each city is 4 to 7 km radius) - WHY ? - WHAT SORT OF THREAT NASA EXPECTED ?

- WHY WORLD ECONOMY HAS ............... I think, it is because since last 15 yrs or so, the money was diverted towards Plan B

- WHATEVER WE SAY NOW -- BE ALERT DURING FIRST WEEK OF FEB 09 - ON 1 FEB 09 - THE DISTANCE OF LULIN WILL BE FROM EARTH 1.0 AU (MEANS AS FAR AWAY AS SUN) - WILL CLOSE UP WITHIN 23 DAYS AT A SPEED OF APPROX 3 LAKH KM PER HOUR - (3,00,000 KM Per Hour)

- I think, NASA did a crime against humanity by hiding such info - never given time to prepare

Sudhir, Chandigarh
January 24, 2009 9:32pm

the world for past civilizations has ended many times over. The evidence of their existence is there for everyone to see, Mayan, Inca, Egyptians, Summerians, Romans, Azteca, Olmec, Toltec.. Even the Dinosaurs had their day and guess what, they also met their end. Our civilization will definitely end sooner or later by natural disasters, super volcanoes around the world, see yellowstone park, or by an outside asteroid. The universe continues to change, and change is good because otherwise we would not be here. It doesn't mean that it will be on 2012. The Mayans and today's scientist do agree on the alignment of planets, and the sun and all of that stuff, simply because the Mayans were great mathematicians and astronomers and could predict the movements of the planets just like we do today. The problem with our society is that most people do not think for themselves and they depend on other people to do their thinking, such as religious people who as far as I am concerned they are all cults. I say question everything, don't blindly believe in predictions such as the nostradamus, the bible, edgar cayce or all of that mumbo jumbo. Observe the world around you, it is always changing, question everything, that's how you find out the truth and how things work.

marco Denson, brentwood
January 24, 2009 10:01pm

Yeah, uh, it's a comet. It's going to pass about at a distance about 14.5 times greater than the distance between the Earth and the moon.

The economy: I'll try to make this uncomplicated. Banking regulations allowed a lot of people to get loans they shouldn't have. Those people couldn't pay off the loans. A lot of banks lost a lot of money because their borrowers could not pay off the loans. This means that they don't have a lot of money to lend businesses and home buyers. It got worse when lots of houses got taken back by banks because foreclosed houses impact the value of houses around them. This means homes were worth less and sometimes worth less than what the owners owed on the loans. This is why the economy is bad. It has nothing to do with underground cities.

There are no underground cities. You can't hide building an underground city. It's hard and takes lots of people and equipment. The spoil or dirt you remove has to go someplace on surface.

Craig, Washington DC
January 25, 2009 2:39am

To some people the end of the calender means a positive, spiritual change. Others consider that a catastrophic event may have been predicted.

but was there anywere were the mayan calender said the eath was going to end NO there wasnt, the world will NOT end just because of a stupid calender ending, my cell phones calender end in the year 2100 does that mean the world will end, not it doesnt.

Hailey, canada
January 26, 2009 4:32pm

this artical is stupid, know one can predict what will happen so far away and prove that it is right, it just cant happen.

Djfness, fairbanks
January 26, 2009 6:13pm

Report: The Truth about Global Warming-The Apocalypse
In the future the only thing to eat will be other people
By: Willie J. McDonald
July-1983
Non- Fiction

Apocalypse, and global warming are one in the same. Global Warming, and the apocalypse what ever you want to call it, can be stopped! Please read this report. In the name of God the world must listen to me, before it’s too late! Please do not trust the US government in this matter. Unlike the US government I don’t have any conflict of interest. I’m an expert on the subject of global warming. The American governmental scientists are knowingly lying to the world about global warming. Telling the world green house gases are causing global warming, so the oil companies can continue to pump crude oil. The truth will cause a world wide economic collapse, but the alternative is far worse. The real reason for global warming is the earth’s orbit around the sun is decaying, in other words the earth is moving closer to the sun, and the moon’s obit around the earth is decaying, It’s moving away from the earth at 4-cm each year. Two leap seconds had to be added to the atomic clock, because the earth’s rotation has decrease in speed. Some scientists are saying the days will increase from 24 hours to 25 hours in a day. This is due to the sun’s light, and rays covering more, and more of the earth’s surface, and that’s due to the earth moving closer to it. Unfortunately, these trends will continue to worsen. I’ve studied this phenomenon since July-1983, warning people of the coming destruction, and death. People called me crazy at first. I understand the weather was normal at that time, but

Willie Mcdonald, Houston, Texas
January 28, 2009 2:55pm

(Checks calendar. No, it's not April 1st.)
The only thing to eat will be other people?
Mmm...., humans.

Marius vanderLubbe, Nullabour plain, Australia
January 28, 2009 5:45pm

Actually, the end of the world that is coming in 2012 will be due to the awakening and subsequent global domination of Cthulhu. Great Old One, hearken to me.

Ricky, L.A.
January 29, 2009 9:02am

I thought I heard something one time about some guy's reading of the I Ching corresponding with the 2012 date too. Did anyone else hear this?

Ben, Dijon, France
February 01, 2009 9:10am

There is something else about 2012, december 21th, all the planets and the sun will align on an axis that passes trought the center of the galaxy.

This is a thing that you can verify for yourself if you know a bit of astronomy.

The scientific consequences of this alignment are not known, it ranges from nothing to total chaos.

December 21th is the last day of the mayan calendar, and the planets alignment appeared on a Nostradamus drawing depicting the apocalypse.

Interesting times indeed ...

JM, France
February 02, 2009 10:34am

Is it true that the world is supposed to end in 2012?

Heather, Gloucester VA
February 02, 2009 3:24pm

well i heard something that the world was supposed to end on the year 2000 but it didn't so i don't know if this theory is actually going to happen

joy, ny
February 02, 2009 4:14pm

I personally believe that the allignment JM from france mentioned a few comments ago has the most to do with the events of 2012. I have also read about a great awakening will fully happen on that date doe to the alignment. I have also read that Einstien said that the earths poles will shift.

BQ, Breckenridge MN
February 02, 2009 4:23pm

No, it isn't a true alignment. The next one of those won't happen for thousands of years. It's just an alignment from our perspective on Earth.

Ben, Dijon, France
February 03, 2009 10:00am

humans have been around for more than 5000 years.. the mayan calendar means very little in the regard of when it starts and ends.

jimbo johansen majoojooboo, new york
February 03, 2009 2:47pm

Even then there's no reason to think that an alignment will impact the Earth's ability to support life. Gravity won't change, the sun won't explode and no planets will come crashing into the Earth. A great awakening huh? Sounds kind of vague. I'm sure all kinds of nut cases will dance in circles naked around trees and do other equally inane things. Personally, I'm going to find people who predicted the end of the world and point and laugh.

Craig, Washington DC
February 05, 2009 9:22am

well i heard something that the world was supposed to end on the year 2000 but it didn't so i don't know if this theory is actually going to happen

joy, ny
February 02, 2009 4:14pm

I personally believe that the allignment JM from france mentioned a few comments ago has the most to do with the events of 2012. I have also read about a great awakening will fully happen on that date doe to the alignment. I have also read that Einstien said that the earths poles will shift.No, it isn't a true alignment. The next one of those won't happen for thousands of years. It's just an alignment from our perspective on Earth.humans have been around for more than 5000 years.. the mayan calendar means very little in the regard of when it starts and ends.
Even then there's no reason to think that an alignment will impact the Earth's ability to support life. Gravity won't change, the sun won't explode and no planets will come crashing into the Earth. A great awakening huh? Sounds kind of vague. I'm sure all kinds of nut cases will dance in circles naked around trees and do other equally inane things. Personally, I'm going to find people who predicted the end of the world and point and laugh.
well none seem right here hard to tell but if it happeneed to the dionosars at the worst of times why not us

622-2411, cell 12 age
February 06, 2009 11:45pm

It will likely happen to us sometime in the future. 2012 will, obviously have nothing to do with it. There are no planets approaching the Earth. The Mayan did not predict the end of the world. Even if they had they were so abysmally bad at predicting the end of their own civilization that there's no reason to give such a prediction any credence.

As to theories that a new astrological age will come about, astrology has been falsified so many times it's not worth serious consideration.

I've heard Nostradamus bandied about by believers in this but he never mentioned 2012 and he's never been right about anything so it wouldn't matter if he did.

The Book of Revelations (another source of this bizarre belief) doesn't say anything about it. Again, even if it did there is such a large body of evidence establishing that it's so much made up nonsense that there's no need to take it seriously either.

Craig, Washington DC
February 07, 2009 9:06am

I am very frightened right now. When you think about the dinosaur apocalypse, 2012 could happen at any moment. I read your whole entry on why the other theories are frauds, but i have also read many theories on why the world will come to an end on December 12 2012. I am only twelve years old, but i understand that anything is possible throughout the universe. Planet X, the mayan calender, The other planet thing that started with an N, The bible codes, and many more. I also read a scientifically proven report about the earth gaining speed by the thousands within a few minutes. This could knock us out of orbit. Ughhhhh! I scared.

Sarah, Jacksonville
February 07, 2009 11:32am

Technically, 2012 couldn't happen at any time. It really does have to happen in 2012.

Yes, a large planet crashing into the Earth would be bad for people living here. However there is no planet X coming toward Earth.

Space is big, really big. It's so big we measure distances in space using how far light travels in one year. Light speed is the fastest speed there is. If a planet were going to hit the Earth in 2012 it would have to be very close cosmically speaking. It if were outside of Neptune's orbit it would not get here for a really, really, long time.

As for Bible codes, the Bible code that refers to 2012 is flawed, really flawed. With enough free time, and a good understanding of math (or a really bad one) you can make a code that makes the Bible say anything. We know there could not be a letter based code because the individual manuscripts have changed so much since their original transcription.

Craig, Washington DC
February 08, 2009 1:34pm

7 billion people by 2012 is a catastrophe by itself. The end of the world will come because there will be no more oil or food left to support such a population. Do you think peak oil is a hoax?

puttputt, germany
February 09, 2009 3:01am

If the theory is based on the end of the Mayan calendar, then one should look up and understand what did the end of a cycle meant to the Mayans; there are speculations that it meant re-birth, or significant change. One thing that does bother me is the fact that thousands of years ago, more than two civilization stared working on erecting monuments to the goods (seen in the Sumerian tablets, and Egyptian and Mayan pyramids) that are constructed very similar in shape and in purpose. At the time there was no means of communication, and yet we still see the edifications raised with the sole purpose to serve the Gods. Could it be that there is a connection with the "newly" found planet "x" (although the Sumerians had it inscribed in their tablets long time ago).
To my understanding the end of a cycle only means that it will repeat itself, over and over again, however, the world will be face to forego an extreme transformation in order to endure life.
www.linkyournotes.blogspot.com

cgcaceros, USA
February 09, 2009 9:29am

There are round things on some Sumerian tablets. It's a bit of a leap to think that those round objects are a planet X. If planet X were coming we would be able to see it right now. Really, there's no planet out there hiding in a dark alley way waiting to mug us.

What possible difference could what the Mayan thought of the cycle make? We don't take any of the rest of their superstitions seriously so why worry about this one. Of course I'd recommend calling the police if you do encounter anyone who takes Mayan superstitions seriously because there's some pretty horrific things going on in their house. Tell the police they will need biohazard suits and many, many plastic bags.

You know if you're going to worry about something you might try an actual problem. There's the economy, Darfur, The Congo, Iraq, Afghanistan, Brittany's latest trip to rehab. Just pick one. If you don't like those let me know and I'll give you some more.

Craig, Washington DC
February 10, 2009 10:09am

BULLSHIT!!! all this is bullshit i don't believe any of this. just cause someone was lazy and didnt finish the calendar doesn't mean we all freak out and think the world is gonna end of days

John Doe, Orlando, Florida
February 10, 2009 1:03pm

Hmmmm... Thank you for this information. I am glad to have had the chance to read it.

Anne-Marie, Quebec
February 16, 2009 1:31pm

I just have one question for all of you people who believe this is bullshit. HOW DO YOU KNOW THAT IT IS BULLSHIT? HOW COULD YOU POSSIBLY KNOW THAT AND BE ABLE TO TELL OTHERS THAT THEY ARE WRONG IN WHAT THEY MIGHT BELIEVE? YOU DO NOT KNOW. NO MORE THAT ANYONE KNOW WHAT WILL HAPPEN THAT DAY. I do not say that I believe or disbelieve... I just say... how can anyone tell anyone else that they are wrong? Especially when they do not know if they themselves are right or not?

Melanie, Jefferson City
February 16, 2009 10:21pm

Actually, we know a lot. We know about where planets are and how they move. We can predict how planets moves and how fast they move. Because we know all that we know there is no planet coming to crash into us or even get close to us in 2012.

Because we understand a lot of how gravity and energy work and the speed of light, we know a planetary alignment won't impact life on Earth.

we know the Mayan's did a really bad job of predicting things based on the copious notes kept by their Spanish conquerors.

We know there's no mention of a planet coming to Earth in any of the Summarian tablets that we have now.

We can say with a very high degree of certainty that the Book of Revelations is was simply made up well after all the Apostles (assuming they ever existed) were dead.

If a person wishes to have beliefs that's their business. However when those beliefs trespass on the observable world they become fair game.

Craig, Washington DC
February 17, 2009 1:29am

apocalypse means worlds end right and in 2012 they say apocalypse is the word.. and it happens it 2012
but how do we actally know its ganna happen but in 2001 after 911 they said worlds end how obout the wars and the hurican all of this adds up of how bad it is hmmmm how much is that plus it happens in the blue number 3 hurrican number 4 wait untill we see number 5 and how do we know the flood are ganna turn the world in to a hole ocean hmmmm how do we know the world is ganna have storms how the bibble is real but its not ganna happen no why only shows how jesus made the worldand then it goes to like bam! the apocalypses wtf i think its not ganna happen and why i read the bibble 2 times and it comes like we need to be warned let it just we already went throw the end and the begenings how will we know the number its telling me and the earth its ganna happen butttt watch out and wath the news and add up every thing and youll under stand whats god is trying to tell use because incase it does WHAT ARE WE GANNA DO god sayed in the bibble he ganna take over i thought he was nice untill hes ganna take over and want to not make more of a living and hes not ganna take the animals with him sooo whats point of jst takeing US but not the living walking animals that sad he should let us be and not make it worse on us but we also need to stop pulltion and war and let us get along with iraq and not spend money that we need for are enconamey on boming iraq its makeing us on the streets.thnx

sabina, new york
February 18, 2009 7:25pm

What I think is that we are going to end the world ourselves, us humans are destroying it everyday. Less than 200 hundred years look how polluted it has become and how populated we are. If anything its going to be us thats ending it and its very sad cause no one is doing anything about it.

The world is not going to end based on a calender or predictons.

Christian, Norwalk, California
February 19, 2009 10:48am

I tink sabina be photoshopped,is all I be sayin

milkarama, educated/N.C.
February 19, 2009 4:59pm

The end of the world may or may not be in 2012, but this world is going to end real soon as we are causing all the harms everda.

Cliff Lee, Singapore, Jurong
February 20, 2009 3:22am

I think the way we are using up o ur resourses and not bothering about environment is the most possible cause of danger earth might face.The speed with which these damages are happening is alarming.This might lead to problems.
We all know planetary allignments
do have effect on people on earth.
As for as 2012 ,the allighnminents,Lets hope brings conciousness to all humans for better living and slows this mad run towards destroying our own planet.

VIKRAM,
INDIA

VIKRAM, BANGALORE
February 20, 2009 9:38am

The alignments that are going to happen in 2012, there's a problem. There's not going to be one.
Go to the below link and put in the date 2012 12 21 into the model. No alignment of anything. If there were an alignment it wouldn't matter anyway because there's no evidence to suggest planetary movements have an impact on people living on Earth. Astrology has been falsified so many times it's hardly even worth mentioning.

http://www.fourmilab.ch/cgi-bin/Solar

Craig, Washington DC
February 20, 2009 2:23pm

i think its gonna end 2012 cause there are soo many signs out there
and just how crazy some people are its crazy how soo many things happen in the world
well wat ever happens all i gotta say is toke up lol:]]

izzy, phz
February 20, 2009 7:19pm

Well Craig. How wrong to say planetary movements dont have any
kind of effect on people-
What do you say about our seasons-
isnt it planetary movement.What do
say of high tide and low tide?.

The whole set up is balanced on gravitational and magnetic forces.
If the position of any this changes so is the effect of these forces.Dont forget that our brain
works on eleyro-magnetics impulse.
And more so Earth is a magnet by itself so are we in a kind.

So much - for your allignment.

VIKRAM

VIKRAM, BANGALORE
February 21, 2009 10:30pm

What exactly will happen in 2012? No one knows for sure the real exact answer but what me and my friends have discuss was that Earth my lose its gravitational pull or perhaps the change in the Earth physical position-- imagine yourself waking up the next morning totally in a different environment... even what you say will also be reverted...

Dean Lee, Bugis Singapore
February 22, 2009 12:12am

i think is all bullshit..
we.. human is not to smart enough to known what will happen in the future.. we only guessing and predicting..
and the calender that we use today is only 2000 years old.. is proff is not accurate to predict what happen in future...
whats we needs is new calender that very accurate abaout astronomi and sience..
so please scientist make the true calender from new time and end time..

ozzy, jakarta
February 22, 2009 3:24am

I said alignments not movements. Astrology has been falsified so many times it's really not worth bothering with.

If someone wants to have this great awakening because it's 2012 I suppose that's their business but the idea that it has anything to do with planets is just silly.

Craig, Washington DC
February 22, 2009 7:14am

Though I agree with you that 2012 is a hype first presented by Jose as a board game, this is not a good reason to seek to de-bunk astrology, which after all is simply the study of the patterns of time using the largest symbols we have ( those of the planets) as a language set to speak of these archetype's
Astrology simply states there are patterns to life, wheels with in wheels (so to speak) we all see this, we can all see that there are patterns to our world form the seasons of the year to the seasons of our lives.
TO seek understanding of this subtle realm of life is to peer into the patterns that make up our expereince with the idea of gaining enough knowledge to be able to have some control over the impulses that drive us to act, or to not act. call is mercury or jupiter, but what we are speaking of are patterns. We are a part of this universe, not apart of it, the patterns that are expressed outside can also be found within.
good luck navigating your life with skill.
peace
s

sparrow, newport oregon
February 22, 2009 11:26am

I'm not attempting to debunk astrology. It's been debunked so many times by so many researchers no further efforts on that point are required.

Craig, Washington DC
February 24, 2009 10:23am

It may be another thing just to scare us. Just like the Y2K bug. Everyobdy went out and bought water and batteries. People make up stories just to scare people.

Cyclonus, Harrisburg,PA
February 24, 2009 9:44pm

We'll just wait for 2012 to come, whatever happens i believe its all predestined...

Dean, Kampong Bugis,Singapore
February 25, 2009 1:43am

Why didn't you mention the idea of magnetic pole reversal? Apparently that's one of the main "scientific" reasons given for the end of the world in 2012.

Nicole, AZ
February 25, 2009 9:03am

Reversals have happened dozens of times in the past. As far as I know, they haven't been associated with extinctions. Why would another one (assuming one were to happen then) in three years time herald the end of the world?

And... how on earth would the Mayans know anything about it?

Brenton, New Zealand
March 01, 2009 5:54pm

Before reading this I was completely paranoid about the whole "2012" thing but now I'm fine. Thanks!

Elizabeth, New York
March 01, 2009 9:59pm

end of the world? beggining of a new world...why people so paranoid?

Marshall, Jakarta
March 02, 2009 1:39am

The 'greys' may come the day the Earth stood still.

Luke, Singapore
March 05, 2009 8:38am

Thanks for explaining all of the stories about 2012, i've heard people talk about it all the time but there was never an explanation to the story so thank you.

Elliott, USA
March 05, 2009 10:11pm

I'm going to share this on my Facebook in hopes that some of my retard friends will read it. Any civilization that couldn't predict their own demise certainly can't predict the end of the world. This 2012 stuff is just internet fodder for gullible morons.
Note: I like that you have do some addition in order to post comments. Keeps the idiots out.

Steve, Lubbock, tx
March 06, 2009 2:22pm

I already know that 2012 is a load of codswallop, but this now confirms it.
Arigato.
I pity the fools who believe in 2012.

Princess Michiru Kaiou, Tokyo, Japan
March 06, 2009 7:43pm

2012 is supposed to be a new beginning, not an abrupt end.

Somewhere in Mayan scripture is a sort of 'schedule' for what will happen in a baktun. It starts with almost a Utopia, with people living in harmonry, and slowly degrades into what we are now (according to the Mayans). In the months leading to December 21, 2012, somewhere before sunrise, there will be some major things getting ready to happen, and that day will be the dawning of a more perfect society than the one we have now. Again, that's what the Mayans said.
Odds are good this is just a bunch of mumbling by an old Mayan, but I keep laughing as I see the system crumble down now (crisis, increasing amount of warfare, etc.)

I'm not predicting the end of the world, I'm just curious to see what happens :-)

I have no faith in paranormality, but here's a fun fact for you. Ask a "psychic" what will happen to you on December 20, 2012 and he will give you a clear answer. ask the same for December 22, 2012 and he will have no information. Either all of the world's psychics have conspired to put that as an expiration date of foreseeing, or ... Fill in the blanks yourself.

Flater, Antwerp, Belgium
March 09, 2009 1:21am

A) There is nothing in Mayan "scripture" whatever that is, that lays out a map of what happens when at the end of their long count calendar. Even if there were, there's nothing from the Mayan that would indicate that they had any talent for predicting the future. Ask the Spanish.

The purpose of asking a psychic anything would be what exactly? Where is the evidence that anyone on this planet anywhere has ESP or psychic powers? There's a million bucks in it for anyone who can prove they have psychic powers. There's a link on the community button for anyone who wants to try.

Craig, Washington DC
March 09, 2009 9:25am

Well, for the psychic reasons, I suppose a lot of people have heard somthing about this date and have consciently or not write it in their mind. I don't think it proves that something's gonna happen.

Calou, Paris
March 16, 2009 1:38am

is this realy true?

beyra, porter
March 17, 2009 9:28am

No Beyra it is not. This myth is a result of some people tying several completely unrelated stories and other archeological evidence together. The people perpetuating these nonsense are either uniformed or simply frauds.

The Nibiru or Planet X myth comes from a poorly translated Sumerian story. Of course the Sumerians did not mention 2012. In essence the translator and Dr. Sitchin claims that Sumerian creation myth is literal truth. Well, even if it is he translated it wrong. Sitchin has no formal training in Sumerian or Akadian and no scholars trained in those languages agrees even slightly with him.

The 2012 date comes from the Mayan calendar ending on that date. The Mayans make no mention of anything bad happening on that date. Even if they did nothing else the Mayans predicted turned out to be true and missed a pretty big one (the coming of the Spanish) so what difference would it make?

There are some lecturers and authors who claim to have worked for the government or to be negotiating with aliens about 2012 but their claims are easily dismissed as hoaxes with simple checks of the facts.

So no, it's not true. It's all a made up story with no basis in fact.

Craig, Washington DC
March 17, 2009 11:51am

Yes the world will end for all of us when our bodies quite working and we die which we will all do, most likely 1oo yrs or less from our birthdates, or we may drown, get shot sufficate, car accident, fall off a cliff or kill ourselves, who knows but it will happen. Live youre life for now, enjoy youreself, dont worry your self to death, the world will keep turning, and if it dont oh well.

robert d, trenton canada
March 17, 2009 1:04pm

In a documentary on tv i they said that the date is also the moment that either our solar system or planet or both will be line up with the center of our galaxy. An event that also happens about every 26000 years. aslo the 2012 thing has also been interpreted not as the end of THE world but rather the end of this world, the world as we know it. Basically one thing must end so another begins. One other interesting thing i read and am not saying is true but possible is that there is a wierd energy radiating from the center of the galaxy that scientists are detecting that could be enacting our dna. Far-fetched i know but we do teach evolution and it is possible for this to be apart of it. As a student at a top university this is purely thought speculation withno scientific evidence to back it up but if you think about it science originally started from someone asking "what if". Just food for though.

JAKE, NY
March 18, 2009 5:15am

You don't have to believe, but came to understand this assertion is true. As we are aproaching this , we'll get more involve to it and science is corroborating it. Just gooogle galactic alignment and you realize that NASA believe in 2012 the solar system will experience major magnectic field that will change life on earth. The movie "2012" is coming soon. watch the trailer here by coping and paste to your browser:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=blz0OpYLtBA

We people on earth should research this more for we can pass through this change.2012! when a new era will start!!!

Jean, Boston
March 18, 2009 10:26am

Ok, the center of the Milky Way Galaxy is about 35,000 light years from Earth. If some kind of weird radiation came from the center of the Galaxy (though there's no reason why one planet lining up with it would cause such a release) that radiation would take 35,000 years to get here. The speed of light, it's not just a good idea, it's the law.

Science is not corroborating it. NASA doesn't believe it. There is no planet. Nada, nothing zip. It's not like NASA controls everyone in the world with a telescope. You'd be able to see this planet if it were coming close to the Earth. Please don't anybody say you can only see it from Antarctica.

That video, what a load of trash. Crop circles, I mean really. How many times do crop circles have to be debunked? What was that nonsense about the Mayan warning anybody about anything? There's nothing about the end of anything when the long count calendar runs out. Even if there were who cares? It's not like they had a talent for predicting things (like say the Spanish arrival, that was a big miss).

Craig, Washington DC
March 18, 2009 12:53pm

I really needed a giggle, and by Glod, this comment thread provided. My faith in humanity in its myriad forms is restored.

Bridget, Hull
March 19, 2009 9:47pm

@Jake,NY: It's impossible to say that there is any given moment when we "line up" with the galactic centre, as relativity means that the concept of simultanaity over such distances is non-existant. Also, what does "lining up" mean in this case? We're orbiting in a flat plane around the centre. Aside from the aforementioned relativistic difficulties, it's always possible to draw a straight line from our planet to the galactic centre perpendicular to our axis of rotation.

I are know science, me.

Thomas, Southampton
March 20, 2009 4:19am

My prediction is as follows - as we pass through the galactic equator, our toilets will begin to flush in the opposite direction.

Blair, Toronto
March 21, 2009 5:45pm

If the science of this skeptic is so hot, how come he believes in 12000 years time that Xmas time (ie Dec 25) will have a winter in Australia, and heat in the north? Precession will NOT affect the seasons from north to south and our relationship to the sun. At least there is no evidence from the astronomers for it.
Perhaps you got this info from the History channel?
;)

jonobe, malvern, uk
March 22, 2009 12:36pm

Predictions I never believed, I mean I'm a person and I can't tell the future, so why would these people? But having there be no scientific proof will definitly help me sleep at night, and freak people out without being afraid myself...

Mike Morrison, Charlottetown/ PEI, Canada
March 24, 2009 5:23am

thanks to god for making this world a wonderful place.it is a gift from god to us and we misuse the gift.it is callled global warming

fasna, kerala,india
March 26, 2009 6:39am

I believe that is the date that aliens return to earth. Think about it... What if they came and taught the ancient Mayans about pyramid building, calendar making, etc. How would an advanced alien race that traveled the galaxy identify a specific date? By an astronomical event such as the sun lining up with the center of the galaxy. Would that be the end of life as we know it? In a sense, yes. We would definitely be changed forever. They might teach us about super-advanced technologies that would radically change mankind. If you believe the prophecies in the Bible, maybe they would offer some people (the "chosen ones") to leave on their spaceships. Maybe we would be afraid of them and try to fight them (the great battle between good and evil). But, would we be the "Good" or the "Evil"? A great alien battle might result in a lot of damage to the planet, but some people would probably still survive for the next great age.

If you look into many of the wild 2012 prophecies, this "Alien Theory" could be interpereted to fit into many of the predictions. You just have to look at them from an ancient point-of-view. A primitive earthling would have difficulty describing advanced alien technology.

Hope you don't think I'm a kook.

Nick, Ohio
March 26, 2009 9:11pm

Nick,

You are confusing two myths. The Mayan's only have the long count calendar. They don't mention aliens. The alien thing comes in from an incorrect translation and interpretation of Sumerian tablets and seals. No trained scholars of Sumerian or Acadian find the translation about the aliens to be credible. Nibiru actually refers to Jupiter not some Planet X thing. If Planet X were to be returning it would be the brightest object in the sky right now. Keep in mind space is so big we measure distance in light years.

It's really not a question of believing prophesies; it's that there are no prophesies. The Mayans make no prediction about 2012 (aside from the calendar needs to be changed) and the Sumerian Nibiru myth is just simply wrong.

Craig, Washington DC
March 27, 2009 8:24am

Hahaha, I love when Christians think they can know whenever the world will end.

You see, I'm a Christian myself and if you really want to mess up their little world tell them to read 1 Thessalonians 5:1-2 where Paul says "No man can know."

It's entertaining and especially the following arguments.

Have fun guys.

Ethan, Missori
March 27, 2009 4:58pm

As an avid SF fan, the various 2012 theories make great reading.
After all, we eagerly predict the future to spice up the present & forget the past.

Eric, Bradenton FL
March 27, 2009 9:25pm

Dear Brian;
You forgot to cover the theory described in the books of Patrick Geryl. In these books he claims that he has deciphered ancients codes of the Mayan and Egyptian civilization that warns us of an impending cataclysm in 12/21/2012.
This event will be caused by a shifting of the magnetic poles of the sun that will send a immense magnetic charged wave to the earth causing a shifting of our poles and a reversal of the counter clockwise spin of the rotational axis of the earth.
This event will create huge tsunamis, volcano eruptions and crust displacement few people will survive it unless you are in an ideal location.

vic, miami, florida
March 29, 2009 7:17pm

Do you promise to come back here on January 2 2013 so we can tell you why you are wrong?

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
March 29, 2009 8:51pm

Thank you so much Mr. Dunning for your skepticism on this issue. I am so fed up with all this doomsday talk of 12/21/2012. To be perfectly honest, I will be so glad when this nonsense is done and gone.

The sad part to all this is that I feel I must arm myself to protect myself and my family from all the frightened people who are going to panic and start to loot and pillage for resources that will only be scarce due to the fact that people will be buying them up in a panic before stores will have the chance to restock.

Hopefully there will be people like you and other voices of reason who will help to get people to remain calm and reassure them that the world will be here tomorrow and will be just fine.

Thank you.

Mark R. Bowen, Brooksville, Florida. USA.
March 30, 2009 1:19am

WE ARE ALL GONA DIE RUN FOR YOUR LIVES IF YOU LIVE IN AMERICA U DEFO WILL DIE GO ON GOOGLE AND TYPE YELLOW STONE PARK SUPERVOLCANO AND IT WILL SAY SOME INFORMATION!! RUN FOR OYUR LIVES UTS ALL TRUE ARGH (all my mates say we are mental but its true)

coco + liv, scunny
March 30, 2009 6:28am

That "Yellowstone Park Supervolcano stuff" was from a movie. We just watched that movie in geography class yesterday. You guys are friggen stupid to get paranoid over that, if it was a real threat to us, in this time period right now, we would be warned, and not by a movie. BY REAL PEOPLE, REAL SCIENTISTS! Geez, seriously calm down!

Andi, Dutton
April 01, 2009 5:23pm

This is pathetic. Period

Jason, Sydney, Australia
April 02, 2009 4:13am

OK LISTEN!!! know one in this whole entire universe can determine when why and how the world is going to end!! OK SO FRIGGING CHILL!! your not going to die! if you die you DIE OK! it`s not our fault.! ONLY God can determine when the world is going to end. Why can`t you stupid scientists understand that? EVER GO TO A CATHOLIC CHURCH YEAH you`ll frigging learn something!! God will help us EVERY step of the way.. DONT WORRY i am only 11 years old and you guys are complaining about it..! GOSH

Laura, savannah Ga
April 02, 2009 2:21pm

Is this selectiod or sceptiod? There was no mention of the galactic alignment, our solar systems position on December 23rd 2012, and the Mayan calendar being a stellar based calendar system using 4D maths! Nice try but you need to do a lot more research on the Mayan Calendar and our position in relationship to the galactic plain and galactic centre during 2012, to totally debunk the year as just another year like the Gregorian calendar date of 1999 or 2000. I would be most interested in your findings on the subjects mentioned above as a great deal 'has' been researched by the scientific communities. Not to forget the very odd solar activity we are recently experiencing. Is the purpose of this site to stop people thinking for themselves? What makes your theories or CBN's any more credulous than others? Are all people that think differently to the controlled media, conspiracy theorist? Do you believe 'the truth is out there' on Fox News? :O)

Steve Burnand, Eastbourne
April 02, 2009 4:54pm

It seems to me, EVEN IF some major astronomical event is to occur in 2012, it back to astrology all over again. Astronomy and astrology parted paths long ago because one is scientific and predictive, the other is not. Even if the Mayans had some belief the world would end in 2012 based on their calender, astrology was not a science then and is not a science now.
Just like we would reject ancient writings on alchemy we should do the same here.

Fergen, Near Chicago, USA
April 02, 2009 11:54pm

The alignment is only perceptual, meaning it will appear as though the earth is aligned with the center of the galaxy from our vantage point. Other than it being of mild interest it's of no real consequence. It's not an alignment changes gravity. even if it did we wouldn't feel the effects for about 30,000 years (that whole speed of light thing).

I understand that astrologers get worked up about this sort of thing but that's nothing anyone needs to take seriously. Astrology has been falsified so many times it's not really worth the effort anymore.

The Mayan didn't write anything down about anything bad happening when their calendar ran out. So what if they did though? It's not as if they had a talent for predicting anything. Ask the Spanish about that.

Craig, Washington DC
April 03, 2009 9:12am

I can agree with most of this, I have a personal intrigue with 2012, but certainly not vehement belief in doomsday, beyond that though, there is one thing that I found wrong with this. Sumarian writings state 12 planets not 10. This includes our Moon and the Anunaki's home planet which revolved around both our Sun, and twin dead stars (which in turn revolved around each other). Anyway, yeah, everything else is pretty good.

Kyra P., Colorado Springs, Colorado
April 04, 2009 4:41am

Yeah that's not in writing it's just a picture that was incorrectly interpreted. The picture you're probably thinking about is the one on the Sumerian seal in the Berlin Museum. The thing on that seal isn't the sun, it's the north star, usually a symbol of the goddess Inani. The dots are just other stars around the north star. The Sumerians didn't write anything about 12 planets. The Sumerians had a couple of sun symbols but the one on the seal isn't one of them.

Craig, Washington DC
April 04, 2009 1:07pm

Sure 2012 may just come and pass, but one of these days we are going to have a doomsday prediction and we aren't going to wake up to a new day. Even a broken clock is right twice a day. The question is, will the doomsday clock be right in 2012?

David, Missouri
April 08, 2009 2:53am

Are you going to come back on January 1, 2013 so we can tell you why you got this wrong?

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
April 08, 2009 10:51am

I am also skeptical about all this Planet X and doomsday talk. People have cried wolf so many times about Armageddon that when it really comes (and it will) no one will be expecting it! Its often the case that when something happens that has been long expected, its usually different to what we imagine. It will probably be the case with the second coming. We all have our imaginary fantasy of what it will be like, I bet it will suprise you all by happening differently to what you anticipate.

Its obvious that its coming, people have been talking about it for thousands of years. All the signs are there now with the exception of a few, but when these last few signs come to pass we have crossed the point of no return.

It could happen in 2012 it could happen in 3012 nobody can say, just make the most of the digital era and live a nice life and try not to dwell on it too much and don't commit to anything.

Elton booth, Windermere - UK
April 09, 2009 11:29am

how can i say this simply

their will be no doomsday but their will be kayos has anyone seen the acceleration in the rate of change, change itself is accelerating and by the looks of it. it has almost reached its peak! and the only thing that causes kayos is to much change at once.

i wish you all luck but for those who need their technology to survive, rely on, and need for joy will all CHANGE and nobody will know what to do. Life itself is alive, learn to live for life.

Bman_69@hotmail.com

bman, victoria BC
April 09, 2009 9:31pm

Same challenge to you Bman.

Are you willing to come back here on January 1, 2013 so we can tell you why you were wrong?

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
April 10, 2009 5:35am

Most of your reasoning is, as far as I can tell, correct. However, you have at least one thing wrong, and have omitted one and a half arguments.

First, The Seventh-Day Adventist church never predicted 1843 or 1844. The Millerite Church was the one that advocated 1844, and later added October 22 as a date.

When God didn't come (called the Great Disappointment), a group further studied the reasoning behind this, and they BECAME the SDA church.

SDAs couldn't have predicted 1844, because they didn't exist in 1844.

Second, what about the whole 'earth-sun-galactic center line-up'? That may not mean anything scientifically, but it has come to the idea of the Earth passing through a Galactic Equator.

IF that is correct (thus, the 1/2 argument... unsure base), what will happen? With the mantle's spin reverse, much like water spinning in the northern and southern hemispheres of the Earth? If so, we COULD be looking at a major pole shift, much like the descriptions of the end of the world in many apocalyptic books.

Anyway, I just wanted to say that little bit. Thanks, and good job writing the original article!

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, Montana
April 10, 2009 2:33pm

Actually, the Earth is not going to pass through the galactic equator. The Earth as a few dozen light years north of the galactic equator and is continue traveling north of it for another few million years. The Earth will pass through it, in about 230 million years.

The alignment is just a perspective thing. It will appear from our point of view from the Earth that we're aligned with the center of the galaxy. It's not a planetary alignment as the Earth won't line up with any other planets that day.

Craig, Washington DC
April 10, 2009 10:30pm

the world will end when the cubs win the world series

jim ham, louisville ky
April 11, 2009 2:20am

"First, The Seventh-Day Adventist church never predicted 1843 or 1844. The Millerite Church was the one that advocated 1844, and later added October 22 as a date."

You are half right, Rob. The 7th day adventist could not have predicted the 1843 one, but they formed in 1843 BEFORE the 1834 prediction. A lot of them felt that Miller was right in his prediction but the Bible was wrong somehow. The 1844 prediction was made by the people that did not go home. The ones that stayed behind became the 7th day Adventists.

"The Seventh-day Adventist Church formed out of the movement known today as the Millerites. In 1831, a Baptist convert by the name of William Miller began to preach that the Second Advent of Jesus would occur somewhere between 1843 and 1844, based on his interpretation of Daniel 8:14."

There are 7 churches that evolved from miller's thought. The most prominent one is the 7th day adventist. While it might be fair to say that the 7th day is the Miller church, you can say it is a direct descendant of Miller's thoughts and ideas.

Jakob Ambrose, Holtville, Ca
April 11, 2009 7:17am

2012 theories offer no mechanism for how the end of the world is to be accomplished? Are you mad? Why, that's the year our Great Leader 'Hopenchange' will be deposed and eaten in a Bacchean-Republican blood orgy and replaced by the Messiah ad-Dajjal, a one-eyed albino Independent from Missouri. Also, global warming will have made no appreciatable difference in the climate at that point, driving everyone on the Left coast to self-immolate with bongwater.

Shep, Wise, Va
April 12, 2009 3:49pm

"You are half right, Rob. The 7th day adventist could not have predicted the 1843 one, but they formed in 1843 BEFORE the 1834 prediction."

Not true. The SDA Church COULD NOT have arisen before 1844. Oct. 22, 1844 was 'The Great Disappointment', the 'official' date for Jesus' second advent. The SDA Church came OUT of that, as one of the ways to handle the Great Disappointment.

Shortly AFTER Oct. 22, 1844, Hiram Edson started studying the Bible, mainly Daniel (the cause of the Great Disappointment), and found a different explanation for 1843/1844. The Bible says that the 'Sanctuary will be cleansed' (or restored, etc.). Hiram and the others came up with the idea that it was the HEAVENLY sanctuary that was cleansed.

The Seventh-Day Adventist Church grew from these people, AFTER 1844. The church wasn't officially founded until 1863, nearly 20 years after the GD.

-------------------

And, the whole thing about "The 1844 prediction was made by the people that did not go home. The ones that stayed behind became the 7th day Adventists." The year 1843 was calculated from a prophesy in Daniel. They forgot there was no 'year 0' but went strait from B.C. to A.D. Thus, the change to 1844. There was no wide-disappointment on '43.

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
April 13, 2009 2:17pm

Either way, you were correct on the 1843 one, but you were wrong on the 1844 correction, much like Jakob said.

Yes there was a disappointment in 1843. The millerites, who later became the adventists, got it wrong.

This is like every other prediction about the end of the world that ever came out.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley Ca
April 16, 2009 4:05pm

I recommend you visit 2012apocalypse.net. Has a very satisfiying amount on all theories.

someone, nyc
April 16, 2009 4:44pm

ok people dont worrie about the rapture the apocolypse is going to be painful i bet god wants us to be in pain for the crime we did to earth we wont be just whisked away to heaven!!

Jay, UY
April 17, 2009 8:44pm

I am not surprised that so much of the media is so "into predictions ". Why can't we just sit back , enjoy time as we know it and get ready for every and any thing to come ( as should always have been and should be the case?) We cannot stop nor change any of it.If it is meant to be , it will happen . MY bible says that it will happen at some point. And that we know not when . Just do what you need to and wait anxiously for a wonderful life after.

Beth Duncan, Greensboro , NC
April 19, 2009 4:51pm

Actually, the real "End of the world" will come in 2036. That's the UNIX "Y2K" roll-over will happen and we'll be forced to rely on Microsoft products as backups in case something goes wrong.

Relying on Microsoft as the "backup"... Friends, that TRULY is cataclysmic.

Valence Paradigm, Victoria, BC, Canada
April 19, 2009 8:36pm

If the Maya can supposivley predict the end of you and I, then I find it quite odd they couldnt even predict the fall of their own civilization-
Considering the fact that they just completely disappeared off the face of the earth..

:)

cady, ohio
April 21, 2009 8:27am

wether or not we die i still want every one to know ill see u all at the crossroads.....

bone thugs,n harmony

al, stl,mossouri
April 21, 2009 11:03am

Bravo! Craig from Washington.

Alex, Philadelphia, PA
April 22, 2009 9:21am

Honestly, at the rate the world is going, I don't think an apocalypse is as far-fetched as everyone thinks it sounds. But to destroy the world in less than 3 years would be quite a feat, even for the human race.

Jamie, Boston, MA
April 22, 2009 2:08pm

Three years? If we wanted to, we could get rid of the entire planet's population within three days. But, that's if all of humanity worked together. :)

But three years doesn't sound too far-fetched. It very well could happen.

I personally DON'T believe the world will 'end'. It's an interesting concept, considering the whole Mayan thing.

And the Mayans DID predict the end of their civilization. I don't have the exact source, but I heard they predicted the coming of the white man (to the day? Possibly). Their calender told them the world as they knew it was going to change. And it did.... they were wiped out.

Big change, but just a change....

So what happens when, at the end of the calender, the world 'changes' into the next age? I would think THAT 'change' would be a bit more severe than the other one.

Just a thought, I really don't believe.

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
April 22, 2009 2:48pm

Fantastic article. It cleared a few things up for me. I have a friend who believes all this stuff, along with an asortment of all sorts of supernatural nonsense, and he hates me being skeptical about it.

Yesterday I found dozens of "End Times" predictions that came and went without incident...hilarious. But, as mentioned in this Article, the Jehovahs Witness´s surpassed everybody in the realm of idiocy.

Johnny Ekron, London
April 23, 2009 4:50am

Actually it took the Spanish about 170 years to finally subdue the Mayans. People of Mayan descent still exist and their culture wasn't wiped out, just dominated by the Spanish.

At the time of the Spanish arrival the Mayan's were a series of independent city states that had to be conquered one at a time. It wasn't until the Spanish revealed their intent to conquer that the Mayans resisted. There's a good deal written by the Spanish about their early arrival. The writings do not depict a society that was prepared or preparing for a way to determine their survival.

Craig, Washington DC
April 23, 2009 11:27am

Right after I wrote my previous article, I read the 'apocalypse.net' thing. That kind of made me mad.

Before I begin, I'll just say that I remembered my source on my previous article. It's the History Channel's 'Decoding the Past' series titled "Doomsday: 2012". Just thought I'd throw that in there.

Anyway, about the apocalypse.net article. That guy, all through his article, assumes 2012 to predict 2012.

Sure, he's got lots of prophesies and predictions, with their sources, but most never say ANYTHING about 2012. And if they don't, he just assumes they do!

And then he quotes Revelation. "20:7. And when the thousand years are expired, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison, And shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea."

I hate to say this, but the 'thousand years' mentioned here occurs AFTER the end of the world... AFTER Jesus' Second Coming. That war will take place at LEAST 1,000 years from now, if the world ends today.

And that whole thing on the Dome of the Rock thing, that just confused me. It seemed that he took one start-off point and jumped from there to a hypothetical event, and used THAT to hypothesize a second hypo. event, etc. until the Battle of Armageddon, or something to that affect.

It just doesn't make much sense to me.

So there's my speal.

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
April 23, 2009 2:30pm

that not gonna happen nobady known whats gonna happen only god knows and you cant decide our fate

daquan tarrant, elyria,ohio
April 24, 2009 11:07am

Jan 1st 2000, 2012, or any other end of the world date. People cannot fortell the future. never have never will. Now remember when you look at the ocasional hit, not to forget the misses. I give no credance to the uderlying assumption that foreseeing the future is possible therefore for me this a non-topic

Ron Hughston, Mason City Iowa
April 24, 2009 6:07pm

lets all take a little step back and consider the possibilities of life and death, the ancients were very spiritual people not like we are today, do you think life can carry on as we know it? i dont believe so! i believe something will happen in the year 2012 not the end of world but the end of life as we know it, a new spititual awakening.

freespirit, wales,uk
April 25, 2009 1:22am

If by spiritual you mean they lopped people's heads off, burnt them alive and cut out their hearts because they thought their gods would like it then yes, they were spiritual. Another word might be perhaps superstitious. Ancient cultures like the Mayan, Sumerian are fascinating but let's not make that into something they weren't. Both had impressive civilizations. Sumerian culture produced some fascinating art and literature (like the oldest work of fiction yet known). They Mayan understood a good deal about astronomy and agriculture and had an interesting and dynamic political structure. They were however both primitive cultures that engaged in human sacrifice, engaged in war, had slaves and did all kinds of un deeply spiritual things.

These cultures are already fascinating. You don't need to go adding a false layer of enlightenment; they are plenty fascinating just as they were.

Craig, Washington DC
April 27, 2009 12:56pm

Its all crap, ever since i was a little I always feared the end of the world and you know why? because my grandmother was a WEEKLY WORLD NEWS FANATIC and would sit us down and tell us what was gonna happen in 1997,1998,1999,2000 etc and I would believe it. Now that Im older these sorts of things still bring a great sense of anxiety and I still do worry a little but now I know how to use the internet and I looked up info on this 2012 event and not one doomsday site or not one buy 2012 insuranse site states what will happen. So basically we are doing what humans do and basically fear the unknown and the funny thing is since we dont know what will happen we are all scared to death!! But anyways I went to the nasa website typed in 2012 and one nasa rep stated that there are no predicted major events that will happen in 2012 and basically said 2012 is just a way to sell t-shirts documenteries and movies.. So that my good people has put my mind to rest, Ill post the link as soon as I find it again

Anthony, Corpus Christi Texas
April 27, 2009 2:28pm

My sister is a teacher at a Christian school in Denver. A couple of years ago the science teacher began spouting off that the end of the world was near and here are the reason's why. Well when they came to her class just scared out of their minds, she had to reasure them that people have been predicting the end of the world since Oug and Torg started talking around their cave fire back in 20,000 b.c. Personnaly I think Bigfoot is going to come down in his Flying Saucer wearing his pyramid power hat and wipe us all out with his Tessla energy weapon. Who knows, that may happen in 2012.

Eric, Colorado Springs, CO
April 27, 2009 4:26pm

I'd love to hear your comments on this article:
http://antiinertia.com/2009/04/27/antiinertia-islam-science-the-2012-predictions--the-beginning-of-the-end.aspx

Anti-Inertiatic, Southwest
April 27, 2009 10:18pm

Nothing else to say actually, the unnatural end of the world has no scientific arguments at all. I personally care more about global warming than any previously dated catastrophe. I care more about finding a solution to the lack of drinkeable water our sons may begin to experience. I recommend all to live with more logic rather than with unuseful superstition. And should life end soon, by any mean, as it could happen anyday, we should better live our lives at it's fullest, always expecting a better tomorrow.

Rodrigho, Chile
April 28, 2009 11:47am

"I'd love to hear your comments on this article:
http://antiinertia.com/2009/04/27/antiinertia-islam-science-the-20 12-predictions--the-beginning-of-the-end.aspx

Anti-Inertiatic, Southwest
April 27, 2009 10:18pm"

There is nothing there. You pull together disparate facts and try to make it into something that is bigger than it actually it is.

"The whole 2012 stuff, at its core, talks about how several different civilizations calculated (one could argue that they predicted) that the solar calculations of the next major solar flare would happen in 2012."

No, the 2012 prediction is a group of modern day people trying to find that the world is going to end in our lifetimes. The ancient civilizations, if they were predicting the end of the world, were predicting the end of their civilization and that is pretty much it.

If you print off any of the predictions from any source, even the qua'ran, and show them to 1000 random people without telling them what they are referring to, you will get 1000 different interpretations. You are adding context to them.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
April 28, 2009 12:19pm

only god him slef know when the world will end the bible says that even his son and angles dont even know. nothing will happin in 2012 just like nothing happin in y2k or and ready your bible there is no rapture.it says he comeing to judge the world and take home the church. he is not comeing a 3rd time.

loe, ky
April 29, 2009 9:38pm

i know jesus is coming soon and we all should be getting ready meet our prince of peace not only that all others will burn in hell if they do not repent of their sins if you do not you will fry

corneliu mihai, belle river ontario canada
April 30, 2009 10:43am

Take a step back here. The universe is big really big. It's 30,000 light years to the middle of our galaxy. Our galaxy is one of several in what's call the local group. Our local group is one of thousands of groups of galaxies in our universe. If we get into quantum physics the size of all existence gets too big to even contemplate. Any being capable of creating all that has got to have a pretty healthy self image. He/she/it doesn't need me to tell him how great he is. Is god up there listening to me saying "thank you for making this seashore so beautiful" going "you think so, I'm so glad you like it. I wasn't so sure about the fjords so I'm glad you said so".

So now this god being who made all this is so insecure that he's going to throw me into a lake of fire FOREVER for not believing the right things about him? That's not a supreme being you're worshiping, it's Joan Crawford.

Craig, Washington DC
April 30, 2009 11:06am

Hold on now, Craig!

You're missing many main points!

First off, and possibly the least important: I thought the galaxy was only 10,000 light years in diameter.

Second: God DOES care what we think! He's not 'insecure', but he cares. He wants to know that you love him enough to share your thoughts and opinions about His creation. Instead of doubting, why not just realize that God is so awesome that He wants to spend time with you! When was the list time Obama gave you the opportunity to tell him personally how you feel his work is doing? And Obama's just the president, not the Creator!

Third: Hell isn't eternal. Most religions depict an eternal hell, but the Bible really only says the RESULTS of hell are eternal.

The Bible compares hell to the fires that destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah. Those two cities got totally obliterated, and we STILL aren't sure where they were. But, they aren't still burning today.

Those who get 'thrown in the lake of burning sulphur' DIE. They're gone FOREVER. They aren't burning forever!

God hates to see the ones he loves get hurt. He loves the sinner but hates the sin. He's given us a great escape; an easy out. God isn't the 'kid with the magnifying glass on the anthill'. He WANTS you to be saved, but he can't force you.

*Deep breath*

---

And 'loe' from 'ky', if YOU'LL read in the Bible, God IS coming a 3rd time. After the Millennium and the 'end of the world'. That's after the Earth is made new.

---

Thanks for listening!

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 01, 2009 7:48pm

it has been foretold that the rapture will not come, because in the last moments a thousand cherubs will fly from my ass and stop the angry hand of god and then defeat him in a cataclysmic battle that turns his wrath into jelly beans which then ends world hunger and brings peace to all jelly bean loving nations.

just as plausible, seattle
May 02, 2009 7:58am

The Milky Way is about 100,000 light years in diameter.

Next point: The Universe is indifferent. It simply exists. There's no evidence of any super being, age of aquarius, mystical spirit energy life force, karma or anything else. I'm not missing any point. There's no guiding hand that has a special plan for you. There is simply what exists. Nothing happens for a reason, things just happen. Your made up story has no more validity than anyone else's made up story. You say the Book of Revelations is going to come true. That's no more valid than someone saying the Mayans had some insight into what's going to happen in 2012. They both are the result of magical thinking that we should have grown out of a long time ago.

Craig, Washington DC
May 02, 2009 8:24am

*
I am surprised there is no mention of our Solar System passing through the galactic plane in 2012, which happens every 65 million years, as I understand it. An interesting correlation is that the dinosaurs became extinct the last time this happened. I wish this issue would be addressed. I do understand that the concept of a galactic plane is somewhat vague due to the inexactitude of the structure of the galaxy, but in general the Milky Way is flat and does have a plane.

Glen Bismarck, Bismarck, ND
May 03, 2009 1:31am

Yeah Uh... we're actually moving North of the Galactic equator. It won't happen for a really, really long time.

Craig, Washington DC
May 03, 2009 11:08am

Great job Craig! Your patience is quite impressive. How can one respond or reason with a poster who finds an interesting correlation in our solar system passing through the galactic plane 65 million years ago and the extinction of the dinosaurs? That was a rhetorical question actually. I guess the same genre of folks who are looking out for four horsemen, fantasizing the presence of Planet X, or bleeding their penis. Joan Crawford as god, now that's a truly interesting proposition, you know she was a man...

Darin, San Francisco, CA
May 03, 2009 1:31pm

Does 'evolution' happen? From my point of a Creationist, I can answer "yes, it does".

I know that there have been tests and studies done. I have heard all of the evidence against Creation and against God.

So why persist? Because there's many things out there that the scientific community have overlooked. Evolution happens today? Yes! Evolution happens today in a way that supports Darwinism?

No.

In Darwinistic Evolution, beings SHOULD go from low complexity to high complexity. Thus, you get 'fish to philosopher' type evolution. Right?

Creationists, at least those who accept science as science, never doubted that evolution happens. However, OUR 'evolution' happens in a way that modern science actually supports.

Creationist Evolution goes from high complexity to low complexity. THIS is most supported by the science that has been done to support the OTHER one.

The classical example of pests and pesticides comes to mind. (I don't remember the exact name of the bacteria, but bear with me). Idea: Poison kills germs, germs 'develop' immunity, changing, adapting, EVOLUTION!

However, on the DNA scale, the germ LOST something. A function was DESTROYED to produce vast amounts of the 'antidote', persay.

That DOESN NOT explain how the gene got there. It was DESTROYED! We're now moving from high, to low.

So where did the 'High' come from? Science can't prove evolution did it.

I say, this IS evidence of Intelligent Design.

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 03, 2009 4:31pm

To Glen Bismarck,
There does appear to be some explaination as to why there's interesting correlation between the galaxy passing through the galactic plane and the extinction of the dinosaurs. Most of the matter in the galaxy resides within the galactic plane, for many of the same reasons that most of the rings of Saturn are in the same plane. Since most of the matter is within this plane, there is a higher probability that our planet will come into contact with a piece of that matter (read an astroid). Thus, there is a higher probability of an astroid collision when we're in the galactic plane than normal. The dinosaurs, and most of the life on Earth, were victims of this statistic. If we assume that we do pass through the galactic plane sometime around 2012 (which I find an odd claim in that we should reside in the galactic plane for longer than a single year, but it's possible that we will be in the plane during 2012 ), then that means that we are more likely to have another astroid collision. The fact that it would occur during 2012 is a coincidence.

I appologize for any gramatical errors. I'm sleep deprived from trying to finish my senior design project for my aeronautical engineering degree. I also haven't listened to this episode yet. I just came across this posting.

OK, back to work...

Erik Nelson, Madison, WI
May 03, 2009 4:46pm

Erik Nelson, the 'Shiva Hypothesis' [Rampino, Haggerty] is substantially less than a theory at this point. One of its major discredits is the lack of a major asteroid/comet impact and resulting extinction event 26-30 million years ago that should have occurred if the hypothesis would be truly predictive as a good hypothesis would be expected to be. I suppose that I could have been more specific in my comment in questioning the 'interesting correlation' between the 'Shiva Hypothesis' and the events of 65 million years ago as they specifically relate to the 2012 discussion in this episode. The 'Shiva Hypothesis' itself would make a good Skeptoid episode with a tie-in to the 2012 hysteria.

Good luck with your senior design project for your aeronautical engineering degree!

Darin, San Francisco, CA
May 03, 2009 8:09pm

Thank's Darin. This must have been a "Science or Fiction" article on Skeptics Guide to the Universe that was false (from where I recall hearing about this). Damn false memories. Thank you for the correction.

Erik Nelson, Madison, WI
May 03, 2009 10:06pm

Erik, your memories aren't quite false yet! The 'Shiva Hypothesis' is still in its infancy and has some potentially valid observations and theories. It's quite interesting actually, but has unfortunately been co-opted by the 2012 people. I imagine that Rampino and Haggerty are cringing that their work is being associated with 2012. Hey, get to work on your senior design project -- it would be a shame to meet the end of the world in three short years without those letters behind your name!

Darin, San Francisco, CA
May 03, 2009 10:58pm

I wont put my last name in cause I don't want any one trying to find me.

I agree with the main post on this page. No matter ho hard we try to predict our demise, we cant seem to figure it out.

Bible says, "You shall not know the hour". So why do bible scholars try to predict it? They have to dismiss part of their belief system to support their theory? Come on.

Anyway, I cant way until 2012 to see what happens. i hope the best for man kind, but seriously people. You and your dang Whole Sale life style is what is going to make this world end. We are raping the earth and over populating. We will be our own demise!

Listen to the song "Aenima" by the rock band Tool and read the lyrics are you do. They got something right.

Thanks for reading! Have a great Apocalypse!

Dan, Modesto, ca
May 03, 2009 11:53pm

Well said, Dan! The only reason I would try to find you is to give you a good pat on the back for wisdom!

The only way to figure out if 2012 is the end of the world will be to remember the events during 2013, if there is a 2013 (which I definitely believe is true).

Anyway, good job!

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 04, 2009 5:34pm

I JUST CAN'T WAIT FOR 2012 TO SEE IF IT IS TRUE

TUMI, BLOEM
May 05, 2009 3:32am

The Bible as the source of Christian teaching is actually says that doomsday CAN NOT BE PREDICTED !
Doomsday is described as it will come like a struck of thunder, hence, unpredictable.
Bible also says that many people or gurus will say : doomsday is here and there, but beware, they are all fake!

So, anyone who say they are Christians but claimed to know when is the doomsday, they are definitely fake Christians who don't read & dont understand Bible !

Caroline, Amsterdam
May 05, 2009 8:58am

caroline is right in the bible it says Armegeddon can NOT be predicted it may come in 2012 but not for that reason.

Alex, PA
May 05, 2009 2:29pm

I stumbled across this sight and boy is it interesting.

Last year, lets say around Jan. of 2008 if I would of told my business associates to sell their real estate investments, liquidate their portfolios, buy oil futures but sell them in November, Bear Stearns would fail along with other investment banks, Chrysler was going to go bankrupt in 2009, GM would be on the verge of bankruptcy and dozens of communist countries would actually have the balls to accuse our US Gov't of too much Gov't involvement in the repair of it's own country's economy they would have checked me into a mental institution.

If you are not getting my point, our gov't and its experts can even tell what's happening NOW and the weather men can't tell what's going to happen a week from today (with all the technology) so who really knows anything??

Most of all there is nothing anyone can do about it. Life is way too complex and the only thing I can be sure about is that one day I will die. A simple belief that takes all the burdens of mankind off of my shoulders. So I enjoy my time here with my family and friends and live life to the fullest. Thanks for allowing my thoughts!

Eddie, Long Island, NY
May 05, 2009 9:16pm

well, of course we can doubt all this. this article included. one thing though: why none of known time travelers could get beyond 2012?..

;)

Boris, Long Island, NY
May 05, 2009 11:51pm

I have a program that portrays the positioning of the sun and planets. It disproves the eclipse of mercury in the year 2012. Nostradamus and all the other so called "Prophets" are wrong. The book of revelations will happen, but its unpridictable. I agree with Caroline.

Josh, Ohio
May 06, 2009 7:31am

Um... there aren't any known time travelers.

Yeah, Revelations not so much with that. There are significant problems with the Book of Revelations. It is most certainly not written by the author of the Gospel of John (nor does it claim to be) it just says John. No where in the book does it specify which John wrote it. A large number of Theologians doubt it should even be included in Christian cannon. The version used by most people who believe in Revelations (the one in the King James Bible) has even more problems with it because it's a compilation a Greek manuscript and the Latin Vulgate.

In all likelihood Revelations is a revenge fantasy to help comfort the First Century Christians. Sort of "the people persecuting you will be sorry", kind of thing. It was written for people who believed that the end of the World would happen soon after Jesus' death. As the world continued to be uncooperative about that whole ending thing scriptures had to be invented to accommodate a longer term apocalyptic vision.

Craig, Washington DC
May 06, 2009 9:13am

Craig:

That is a <i>prime</i> example of <tt>it hasn't happened yet: it will never happen.</tt>

You haven't given any examples of "significant problems with the Book of Revelations". I am currently studying the Book, and have not found any problems.

If one of the 'problems' is how the world seems to 'end' more than once, then you're misunderstanding the entire thing. I feel revelation describes different aspects of the Final Days.

What is sort of interesting is many of the Final Plagues of Revelation, along with the Seals and Trumpets, seem to match things that <i>could</i> happen in a pole-shift or a meteor impact. If something catastrophic <i>were</i> to happen in 2012, <i>it could</i> be the beginning of the final plagues.

Not that I'm predicting anything.... Nobody can know when the end of the world will happen. It will come 'like a thief in the night'.

------------
------------

This post has also run as a test to see if HTML coding works in the post. If it doesn't, please ignore all of the odd marks you find. For emphasis, words between the 'i's are supposed to be italicised. 'tt' is a different font. Thanks for bearing with me.

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 06, 2009 1:35pm

Revelations is revenge fiction. The whole book makes more sense in its historical context. Remember these little things before you start inferring inerrancy:

There were 7 emperors of Rome at the time, hence the 7 headed beast.

The coin of the time had the emperor's head on it, hence you needing the mark of the beast to buy anything in the realm.

The Battle of Armageddon referred to the time Rome sacked Israel.

It is not a book that was trying to tell us about the future. It was written by a man that was trying to comfort himself after the end of the his world.

Joseph Furguson, Beawley, Ca
May 06, 2009 4:54pm

everything that has been taught to us from the past, up until now, is all fiction. I have found the true meaninig of the 666 prophesy. And it has been right in front of our faces for thousands of years, or as long as the alphabet has been in use, we were just looking in the wrong place.

Roger Jimmo, Crystal River
May 06, 2009 7:56pm

You all don't get it . Nostradamus said that there are 3 anti-christs. 2 already came and gone. The 3rd has yet to make himself known. Anybody know about this? please do tell.

Josiah, Ohio
May 07, 2009 7:21am

Was the third antichrist any of the following people:

Ronald Wilson Reagan, Kohemeni, Saddam Hussein, President Clinton, Bin Laden, President Bush, President Obama, Keith Olbermann, Sean Hannity, Nancy Pelosi of the United Nations?

At one point in my life I have heard all of these people being the antichrist.

Nostradamus did not predict anything. His followers, using the ancient wisdom ploy, said that he predicted so many things after the fact. They are postdictions not predictions.

BTW, the young lion, that so many people claim to be his first prediction, is 5 years older than the one that died.

Joseph Furguson, Beawley, Ca
May 07, 2009 9:37am

I kind of thought the whole bit about the version in the KJV being a compilation of the Vulgate and Greek manuscript would qualify as a significant problem. Erasmus compiled the Textus Receptus (which later became the KJV) out of the six Greek manuscripts that happened to be close to him. The manuscripts weren't complete so he filled in the holes with the Latin Vulgate. There's nothing to indicate the six manuscripts had anything to recommend them other than being close to Erasmus. One of the books that needed filling out was Revelations. The Vulgate that he used to fill in the holes has its own problems.

Now, who the Hell are these known time travelers?

Craig, Washington DC
May 07, 2009 12:01pm

There is no such thing as an Anti Christ! the bible put it their, in an atempt to keep us from knowing the truth, about, 666. And they've done a good job for a long time. This number has been around for thousands, or even millions of years, "It is pure Mathematics".
Some, so called religions, dont want people to know the truth, or the fact is, they themselves dont know the truth. The truth is all about the Pi formula and the alphabet, so be prepared, it's coming forward. ELECTROMAGNETIFICATIONALIZATIONALISM is DNA

Roger Jimmo, Crystal River
May 09, 2009 7:01am

99.9 chance of ending says me planet x is in orbit in our systemn check the news i read it on fox8 aned cnn and also planet x relases a gas called methane when methane is there underground source there is a new life form not human but creature sayas fox8 and cnn they seen this using radars called motionspecian3 it flys in space and tracks all movement when planetx comes into our planet the creatures will come off and kill us and suck our intestenes out we will then have to get fallout3 armour on and kill them with laser rifles !!!!!!

jeff, ohio
May 09, 2009 10:13am

does anyone know what this number means, and where it comes from
"129600". It's quite simple to find

Roger Jimmo, Crystal River
May 10, 2009 6:10pm

If you take Revelation too literally, then you get serious problems.

In the end times, there will be sort of an epic battle between good and evil. Both sides will be throwing everything they have into it, and we get stuck in the middle.

Anyway, all throughout the book, God sends us things to help us out. There's the Trinity, the Three angels, etc. that come and help us out. So, to know which side to be on, you could logically assume it's on these ones.

But, Satan doesn't want God to win, obviously. So, you have all these counterfits. There's the Counterfit Trinity (the Dragon, the seven-headed beast, and the lamb-beast, or [as some interprit], Satan, the the secular spirit, and the anti-christ), and the three frogs (or unclean spirits--demons [counterfit angels]).

Early on in the book, God seals the saved with His mark, or His name. Later on, Satan seals his people with his name or his mark. The reason it's '666' is because the number 6 falls short of the 'perfect number' 7. John is saying that Satan's mark will not be the real one. It falls short of God's mark.

When you real Revelation, you can't take it leterally. Take things into context, and maybe even take a Revelation class somewhere. It's really cool!

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 10, 2009 8:35pm

The end is coming...prepare yourselfs...take heed in my words...i am not lying...get food and store it in your basements...we are all doomed....spend your time wisely for it shall be your last...the end is nigh...2012 will be our demise...we have the swine flu,nuclear testing,global warming,terrorists,and more......

kenny, glen burnie
May 11, 2009 8:38pm

That's nice.

Craig, Washington DC
May 11, 2009 9:27pm

*Sigh*

Does anybody even read what I wright?

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 12, 2009 2:30pm

No.

Brenton, New Zealand
May 12, 2009 4:25pm

Just for a good laugh.

Darin, San Francisco, CA
May 12, 2009 9:03pm

I can't find a reference to a 1994 apocalypse prediction by Jehovah's witnesses. I can for the others, though. Just curious where that date came from.

Will Tomlinson, Houston, Texas
May 12, 2009 10:46pm

The problem with seeing the Book of Revelations as prophetic even if it's not taken literally is that the book was in all likelihood made up out of whole cloth. The author makes no claim to being the author of John. The literary voice is completely different. The number of versions out there of the book are so numerous that there's no reason to think the one in the KJV is any more "authentic" than the rest (as an aside the entire New Testament has this problem). It's just a revenge fantasy for the 1st Century Christians who were having a Hell of a time really. It's also only one work in a genre of apocalypse writing from the pre Constantine Christians. There's really no reason why we should think the version in the KJV is more authentic than most of the rest.

Craig, Washington DC
May 13, 2009 10:22am

Did I ever say the KJV was more authentic then the rest? I have never made that claim. I personally don't like the KJV.

I think the best versions are ones that use the Dead Sea Scrolls to aid in translation. Those scrolls are closer to the original documents than many things.

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 13, 2009 1:22pm

i read your article and i find it intresting because you say that there was no predications for 2012 will would there be a possiblity that with all the stuff going on in the world today that we can just all be dead by that year like the diseases like swine flu are s.a.r.s where do these come from howdo they form the world is changing and is changing fast look around you the weather climates never the same just now the goverment is tryna save the ozone layer and the oil they take out of the earth is like the blood for the world we just keep draining it out and they say that 2012 is the end of the world well whats gonna happen i know that the planets align but for how long and whats gonna happen after that if we make it past the diseases and other stuff like that

ken brown, north battleford,sask,canada
May 13, 2009 3:36pm

"I think the best versions are ones that use the Dead Sea Scrolls to aid in translation. Those scrolls are closer to the original documents than many things."

You do realize that that the Dead Sea Scrolls have nothing to do with the New Testament? They are completely filled with the old testament books.

If you want something closer to the source, get a copy of the Ethiopian bible. They have books in there that are not in the newer version of the Bible.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
May 13, 2009 3:45pm

Ken Brown,

Please use punctuation, as it makes posts infinitely easier to read.

Joseph Furguson,

Do you think the Ethiopian Bible is more accurate simply because it has more books in it? If that is true, than you could take anything written around that time and call it 'The Book of Johannasburg' for the guy that was writing to his bud in India so they could get together in a few years.

The books that are currently in the Christian Bible were chosen very carefully on content and authenticity. It is well-known that 'The Book of Judas' probably wasn't actually written by Judas.

More books just means that the person that threw that bible together didn't really care what actually went into it.

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 14, 2009 7:15am

'It is well-known that 'The Book of Judas' probably wasn't actually written by Judas?' And it's equally well-known that the bible wasn't actually written by god! Isn't there some other site that this theological minutia can be discussed? Doesn't it register with you that if you're having to engage in this pedantic discourse, your holy texts are nothing more than novels?

Darin, San Francisco, CA
May 14, 2009 8:12am

Are you sure you didn't mean the Nag Hammid find instead of the Dead Sea Scrolls? The Dead Sea Scrolls don't contain the BR.

Yeah it's pretty clear that Judas didn't write the Gospel of Judas seeing as in the end of the book the Apostles put him down for a dirt nap by throwing rocks at him.

The books in the New Testament were selected because they supported the proto-orthodox view over adoptionsist, doetiscit and a Martian theologies. The first time a cannon was put together wasn't until the mid 300's. Before that early churches just read whatever books or letters they happened to have around. There's really no way anyone in the Fourth Century could have proven he authenticity of any of the books. We know now that all the books had been altered prior to their inclusion in the cannon. We are also pretty sure that none of them were written by anyone who would have been an Apostle.

Craig, Washington DC
May 14, 2009 12:27pm

Christians don't believe the Bible was directly written by God. God the Father (it seems) hasn't written anything that we can read (e.g. words or texts or books). The only thing Jesus has been recorded is in John 8:6. Obviously the Bible wasn't directly written by God.

However, we believe that it was 'inspired'. God impressed people to write something, and they did, and God made sure that it was put into the Bible.

In the 300s, the people chose books that agreed with the principles found in the OT. I'd say if anything contradicted obvious truths in the OT, they were inspired by God.

---

Darin,

You seem so sure that the Bible is a novel. So tell me, what is a novel? Is it a false story written by someone? Is it truth? Untruth? What?

And how are you sure that ANYTHING in this world is true? Are Darwin's writings true? How do you know? I could just as easily say that Darwin wrote 'novels', and people believe them just the same.

If you want, I can get into the genetics of life and all but disprove evolution, thus proving Darwin to be an author of novels.

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 14, 2009 2:17pm

Darwin didn't write stories. Darwin wrote down his observations and inferred from what he saw that natural selection had to be occurring. I'll make you a bet: I will go to church every Sunday for a month if you can prove that creationism is correct and evolution does not occur--if you can still prove it without your Bible (Jewish Bible too, since it is just another copy of your OT).

I doubt if you can, because the Bible is your only source, and without it I doubt if you have any other evidence that God exists.

Joseph, Norman
May 14, 2009 6:58pm

Rov,

What's your take on the koran or the book of mormon? Inspired by god or something else?

Darin, San Francisco, CA
May 15, 2009 7:30am

With Darwin there's a vast amount of information to support his writings. You have evidence from the Captain of the Beagle, there are thousands of specimens he had preserved and shipped back to England. There's also the predictive quality to his theories that supports his being a work.

Take another example, Caesar in Swiss Alpine Gaul. We have his Commentaries, we have writings from his soldiers, writings from the Gauls, written documentation from Rome while he was gone and plenty of archeological evidence.

With the New Testament, there are no autographs, there is very little if any extra biblical evidence and no archeological evidence. The earliest copy of any book of the New Testament is about from the year 50 and is the size of a credit card (P-52 an early version of John). The next oldest dates from around the year 150.

This is all a really long way of saying we have no way of knowing if the person who wrote John was even John. We know John got changed a lot over the years. We have many reasons to believe that whoever wrote the BR didn't write John. So, there's no intellectual reason to think the BR is prophetic of anything.

Craig, Washington DC
May 15, 2009 11:04am

All these books that have been passed down from the ages were all wrote by man, including the bible, which out of 100 percent, 1 percent is the truth that man wrote it, and 99 percent was added from other books of various religions to make up stories to keep everyone from knowing the real truth. 666 in the bible is said to be the anti christ, far from the truth, because it is actually pure mathematics, the highest intelligence there is.

Roger Jimmo, Crystal River
May 15, 2009 7:03pm

It's not math, it's a number. You can count to five without math.

Joseph, Norman
May 15, 2009 8:07pm

And how did you become to count to five if it was not for math

Roger Jimmo, Crystal River
May 16, 2009 6:43am

Darin,

That's a really great question! I can't say right now, but I want to eventually take a few classes on the Koran. (I don't much care for the Book of Mormon, sorry).

However, I have been told there are many similarities between the Bible and the Koran. Right now, I like to think that it holds many truths to it, like the Bible.

I can't say if it's inspired by God. I'm not sure if that answers your question.

----

Joseph,

I'll need to review my notes a bit more, and that may take a while, I'm sorry. (I lent them to my father who is in Yemen).

However, I would prefer you to go to church on Saturday for a month if I can prove it.

However, I offer another proposal. You go to church on Saturday for a month and take a Bible study, or read the Bible, or something along those lines. In return, I will read any literature you propose and take evolution courses sometime in the near future.

How does that sound?

----

Roger Jimmo,

The number '666' isn't itself the anti-christ. "This calls for wisdom. If anyone has insight, let him calculate the number of the beast, for it is man's number. His number is 666." (Rev. 13:18)

The NUMBER of the beast is 666. In Hebrew, letters had numerical values. The 'number' (aka 'the number of his name) is 666. It calls for 'INSIGHT' and 'WISDOM'.

Let him CALCULATE the number of his name.

It DOES have math in it!

And counting to five doesn't require math. It's simply numbers. Not all numbers are math, and not all math is nums.

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 18, 2009 2:04pm

Where in the bible does it actually say 666, I see the phrase six hundred, three score, and six, to me, this interprets 636 or 696. think about this, nobody in this world, past or present, would not be where they are now without math being involved every step of the way. Anything you see, touch, taste, feel or listen to, has math

Roger, Crystal River
May 19, 2009 6:39am

Roger, could you explain to me how you can taste math?

Dr. Snoose, Buntin
May 19, 2009 12:58pm

Think about it, once you put something in your mouth, thousands of taste buds calculate on whether your going to eat it or spit it out, you have millions of brain cells, they multiply, blood cells, multiply. They calculate when it's the right time to split from one to make two, then to four, and so on---it's math

Roger, Crystal River
May 19, 2009 1:42pm

Roger, I thought you would know that a 'score' is twenty.

"For score and seven years ago..." That's four times twenty add seven: 87 years.

Six hundred, three score, and six IS 666. Modern translations (NKJV, NLT, NIV, EST, etc.) say 666.

Well, really cells don't calculate anything. They split when the time is right. When they reach a critical mass and have enough energy, they split. No 'calculating' at all!

And the taste buds don't 'tell' you anything. It's merely chemical reactions happening, changed into signals that pass across nerves, which your brain translates. Upon recieving and translating the signals, the informations goes to a different part of the brain. Then, your 'mind' says, "Ooo, that's a really good taste," or "Eww, nasty!"

No math.

If anything, CHEMISTRY is the thing that affects everything we feel, taste, hear, see, and smell.

Rov Tromehts, Bozeman, MT
May 19, 2009 1:50pm

Chemistry has numbers to it, therefore it's math

Roger, Crystal River
May 19, 2009 2:12pm

Well, Roger:

By your argument, history is math too. Years are numbers aren't they?

if anything, I'm going to agree that chemistry and physics govern most of your perception of the world.

Math is usually concerned with the behind-the-scenes work, you can figure out some pretty cool things with Calculus and Statistics, but they are usually limited to the theoretical and abstract.

As always, If I am wrong or misinformed, I invite somebody to correct me. gotta learn from my mistakes and all that...
--Dave

Dave, Old Bridge
May 19, 2009 5:16pm

Not an argument, Fact! what do you do, or any body else in this world, on a daily basis, that does not have math connected to it in someway, shape or form

Roger, Crystal River
May 19, 2009 5:31pm

Dave,

All math is abstract. For example, we can say 1+1=3 and 1+3=4, if we can justify a universal system that will make this constantly true. However, when placed into a context, math can do a lot. For an example of how math can be used to predict in a system of known variables, look up the "Monty Hall" paradox. The trouble with math, and this is my main point, is that we as human beings always assume that it is operating in a context, therefor all numbers are significant, like, oh, I don't know 12/12/12, must MEAN something.

Joe, and others, the point of the Bible is not to be a scientific explanation of the world. Only a few fringe believers hold this to be true. Most educated believers see the Bible as being a divine lesson inspired by God, meaning that when the Yahwahist was writing Genesis, he was told that God created the world, he then wrote the story with his then limited understanding of what the world was. Most believers would tell you that rain is called by clouds, not by floodgates opening up in the sky.

As for the debate about Jesus, well, let's keep something in mind. Jesus has over thirty(?) sources containing writing about him. Socrates has less than that, and only two sources credit him with being more than just a fool trying to hustle money in the market place.

Michael, Worcester
May 19, 2009 6:24pm

How does 1+1=3 Michael???? you have stumped me.

and actually yes jesus has 20 or so sources which have all or most been found to not be about him... but there are 4 which have things to do with the 'christos' which also means sun... and there is one which has been proven to be a fake for years talking about jesus and all that but they keep look at it as real.... haha!

Ben, Leicestershire
May 21, 2009 8:40pm

433 Eros is a giant asteroid that will come closer to earth than any other asteroid in a very long time. It has been speculated that this asteroid will not be able to resist the pull of earth gravity. American scientists have already landed a probe on it to test the viability of blowing it off course, and the conclusion was that it is unstoppable. Ever see Deep Impact? The book of Revelations says that TWO objects will fall from the sky. One will block out the sun, and the other will poison the water. It is my belief we will attempt to nuke this asteroid, breaking it in half, and irradiating it. It is scheduled to be at it's closest point to earth in January 2012, and it is about the size of one of the small states. This is much larger than the object that left the largest crater on the face of the earth, and is widely thought to have made the dinosaurs extinct. I suggest we all spend more time with our families, and let go our petty differences, as no place on earth will be safe if this comes to pass, and it would cause a global winter that would last for years.

Timothy, Seattle, Washington
May 21, 2009 10:52pm

It most intriguing how a society of overindulgent wizard’s concerning home made Prophecy s , Can indefinitely dismiss the actuality of the authentic version of the Mayan warnings . But inevitably the creation and indoctrinations of man made ToXic hypothesis will administer an underlying sales pitch to the incoherent reader . I have been introduced to the authentic version passed down for millenniums , and at present we are at the precipice of time from antiquity , to payment of a new sight on the world . The very essence we have come to alleviate every basic resource that administers our way of life through a giving mother . As destructionists we will be held accountable once again . How many warnings have the societies of Earth been given with total disregard to the inevitability of passing time ? Only to scoff at the advisers from the days of antiquity ,or did you consider that possibly your generation was the first to laugh in the face of divine intervention.

The end of the world ?NO

Payment for the overwhelming abuse ? Could be !

If in fact the theologies are correct passed from the ancestors . We will undoubtedly have payment accountable for the degradation of the ever giving entity of life . What you have done to offend , will be placed at your feet .

From the ToXic mind of Nobody !

Nobody, U.S.A.
May 22, 2009 6:27am

Ben,

My point was that historically there is probable proof the Jesus existed. Can we prove without a shadow of doubt that he was the son of God and raised the dead? Logically, no. Which I guess is why they call faith.

My point about mathematics is that numbers are symbolic representations in a system. There is no need for those symbols to always have the same value, so yes, if we wanted to re-write math, then 1+1=3 can be true. Although, it would mean changing what three, one and plus mean. Look up Tom Lear's "New Math." Further, my point is is that numbers really don't mean much of anything. Numbers in a given context (i.e., the cost of a Mr. Goodbar vs the cost of a Krispy) do.

Nobody, I do believe that your passage is wonderfully signed. Toxic mind is a good description. So, can you name one warning the world got and ignored? What were the consequences of that warning? Please, I would like to know.

Michael, Worcester
May 22, 2009 8:24am

Yeah uh about those, those ancestors from antiquity. They thought their gods would like it if they took some guy and cut his heart out while he was still alive. They seemed to think that if you did that enough corn would grow and rain would come on time and in the desired amounts. They also thought that if you cut your penis with a dull obsidian knife something good would happen or something bad would stop.

Now, please explain to me why you think it is that I need to get worked up about the warnings of a culture that brought you those two little gems. No really, I'm curious.

What is it you think is the Mayan apocalypse prophesy? Where is that written down and who did the translation of the pictographs.

Craig, Washington DC
May 22, 2009 9:35am

Timothy - I would not worry so much about 433 Eros. As you can see from its orbital data - http://is.gd/CqeM - look to the bottom of the page - its impact probability is zero as far out as can be predicted. Its closest passes to Earth are still incredibly far away, and its 2012 pass is still quite a bit farther away than it has been many times in the past.

Eric Schulman, Corona, CA
May 22, 2009 11:20am

From what I have read so far, it all seems to be true. Theologically (from Daniel and Revelation) and historically, mathematical calculations and scientifically from Patrick Geryl and Lawrence Joseph this is the defining moment for humanity to except the facts. Other proof is in the Bible Code 2 & 3 by Michael Drosnin

The trumpets of Revelation are manifested in the current world events, i.e. world economic meltdown.
Ronald Weinland in his " God's final Witness" gives some facts.

David, Auckland N.Z.
May 24, 2009 5:22pm

So we are just taking it as read that Revelations isn't just so much made up nonsense? Sorry, even if you buy the rest of the Bible, Revelations just has too many problems with its origins to take it all that seriously.

The economic melt down is a sign of the end of the world? Get a grip. We're not even in a depression right now. Why is this particular recession proof of the end of the world and the Great Depression?

Better question why all the excitement at the possibility that the wold will end? Is it so the self assessed chosen few can live forever in glory and the rest of us are screwed? That's not a religion, it's a death cult.

Craig, Washington DC
May 24, 2009 11:52pm

Personally i don t believe nothing that i read about this apocalypse thing. as i read this article, everyone had a theory about the end of world, but it didn t happend. and why do i have the feeling that even in 2012 won t happen ...
anyway, my point is this ; just live ur life and that s it.

Cosmina, Malta, Swieqi
May 25, 2009 5:11pm

In my own belief, everybody is only "predicting"....but unfortunately nobody knows what will be the next....And, why everybody expecting the end of the world? Why we need to discuss this again ang again? GOD is the only one who can claim everything from us!....Just enjoy whatever he gave to us. I think its better we all work together for our better world. That's my opinion.

Conie, Dubai, UAE
May 26, 2009 1:12am

Hey i think it's gona happen but i didn't get it about that planet X.
In wikipedia, it says it will make a "route shift"(i have no ideo what that is) and hit the earth

so what is the story whit the 433 eros?

and another question...

why did you say about new president and stuff like that?

my recipe

just live your life

after all we all die in the end!

dusancan2000, Mirijevo, Belgrade, Serbia
May 26, 2009 9:21am

Well put. But there's also biblical proof that it probably won't happen in 2012. The bible says pretty blatantly that no one shall know the day nor the hour. This means, basically, that nobody's going to guess when the world is going to go up. And in the event that that does happen? Then our deaths will occur, just as we all knew they would. Even if you don't believe in the bible, you probably believe you're gonna die some time in the next 100 years. Thus, humanity has no real reason to fear the end, since it's just quickening the pace of the natural cycle a little bit. After that, we'll face judgement, and after that, we'll face heaven, hell, purgatory, or perhaps absolutely nothing, just like before we were born. Or perhaps we just don't remember? Or perhaps we just can't process the concept of not existing as we are? It's a strange world, is it not? I personally wouldn't mind it ending sometime, since it's natural. No earthly thing lasts forever. Humanity is no exception.

Nico, CO, USA
May 26, 2009 11:07am

This whole thing about the world coming to an end is true as predicted in the bible.But the bible also says that no man knoweth the year,month,day or the time.We believe in the rapture and all we need to do is to be prepared to be with the Lord.We need to live a sinless life and live it the best we can, asking God to help us, and when death comes we know where we will be heading.The Lord has his own plans and everything will be in accordance with His will.We all have to face death and mentally we have to always be prepared to die.

nimmi karim, kolkata India
May 28, 2009 8:41am

GOD ONLY KNOW THE END

erika, usa
May 28, 2009 5:02pm

I dont tink it will happen i think its just another story people made up like the one in 2000.

It could happen but i dont think it will in 2012 it seams to un-real
why do peolple try to feel good when they make up lies like this.

I say it will happen in the 3000-3500.

Thats when all the others mainly hit in around 3000-35000.

Why have it so short you people only want something to do then get a life and dont make things up so soon.

Like come on a 12 year differnce.

If you can prove this to me then e-mail me at:

penguinbolt@hotmail.com

Death, skool
May 29, 2009 5:48am

I HEARD IT FROM SOMEONE
ARE WE REALY GOING TO DIE
IF WE ARE ITS NOT REALY TURE
ITS JUST FROM A MOVIE HAT SOMEONE MAKED UP JUST LAST YEAR AND I DID NOT SEE THE MOVIE

JUSTIN, BEDFORD
May 29, 2009 6:41am

2012 will not happen if planet x was going to hit us then scientist would of warned us i dont think the goverment is going to keep that a secret and in the bible its says man wont no when the world will come to a end

Wayne Johnson, Stevenage, Hearthordshire, England
May 30, 2009 10:26am

I had a lot of fun reading the earlier posts on this thread. I would have laughed out loud if not for my sleeping wife. My favorite phrase is "Morons this days are reatarded". Come on people!

Justin, Hammond
May 30, 2009 11:20pm

I think the wrold wiil not end in 2012.Some people make stuf up.But if it dose i hope you die easy.That is my thout about this subjet

Michael Guarnieri, Valley Stream
May 31, 2009 8:36am

Hi Brian,

Thanks for your podcasts. I'm a great fan of independent media.

I enjoyed your podcast on 2012. I was hoping you'd mention something about CME - Coronal Mass Ejections from the sun. (see: http://tinyurl.com/MassEjection2012 )

NASI,(haha!), NASA Scientists predict the next one will be "around" 2012. More specifically they mention 2010, 2011, 2012. The last Solar Super-storm was in the 1800's and knocked out the only two cities with central power. Smaller solar storms interfere with earths satellites from time to time. I think the effects of a near future CME would be catastrophic if Earths central energy systems are not prepared.

Goliath, Jacksonville FL
May 31, 2009 9:30pm

I never ever thought that any of the doomsday predictions for 2k would come true and I have done some research on the subject but doesn't it feel like something is about to change something big is going to happen soon. I'm not speaking of the end of times but I do believe in the ushering in of the new era.

sojourn, wpg/mb
June 01, 2009 4:23pm

Whoa! Great work here! I never enjoyed reading an article this much. I was hoping to loan lots of money and enjoy before the world ends on 2012 since I won't have to pay for it by then... now I know better. Hahah!

Reidhart, Philippines
June 01, 2009 9:16pm

Lets not be so closed minded about others views. The only morons and retards are those who knock others faiths while they are lead like sheep by mainstream societies.

Sure history may have something to say about times and dates but in my faith, no-one knows when the time will come but we will know when it is near. I am Pentecostal Christian and I beleive in the Bible and it's phrophecies and it never states a date but it says that it will come like a thief in the night and the Christ himself doesn't even know the date only the father that sent him.

It also speaks about the signs such as the one world government-economy,rebuilding of Solomon's Temple and many more but I'm sure you think I'm crazy too so I won't list anymore.

The world is headed in a downword spiral but your probably too scared to see it. Talks of a New World Order is fact. The rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem is fact. Talk of wars is fact and not like the talks you have heard before. Try a war on a nuclear level. Famine and not like the ones you've heard before but due to economies bottoming out. Climate problems that will lead governments to drastic measures.

So, you can say that you have heard many things before but to be human is to make errors. I hope you don't think life is all dandy and you will live to see 80 and your following generation will get to experience the Star Trek age since nothing is ever gonna happen. Time has this weird way of repeating itself.

The signs of

Jeorge Rivero, Miami, Fl
June 04, 2009 9:11am

I agree with some of the following statements i'm not sure i belive in the biblical words but their are facts as the the jewish temple being rebuilt and things are spirialing downwards little by little I do belive we will be hitting a pinnacle soon of some major change so is 2012 such a long shot? I think not

sojourn, wpg/mb
June 04, 2009 1:29pm

All these prophecies seem to be a way for humanity to feel special, to feel like we are more than just another species- or just another of god's innumerable creatures- or mere strange formations of chemicals, on a tiny planet, in a small solar system, which is one of many in the milky way, which is one of millions of galaxies in a universe which leads to who knows where (depending on your individual beliefs).
It all comes back to the meaning of life and the fact that everyone wants one. People would like to think that judgment day will come and god will hand pick us for heaven. Modesty obviously isn't a naturally occurring human trait when we think that in a few years gods will pop out of the clouds at a planetary alignment and give us cosmic gifts to advance our species!
The point is, whether or not these prophecies come true, they will affect the thoughts and actions of many. Some for the best, and others for the worst.
Belief of Judgment day or a social reform in 2012 could lead to lead to inter-cultural acceptance and understanding.
However, what is worrying is prophecies of WW3, a nuclear war of religion to end all wars. Society will begin to see 'signs' of war beginning, causing religous tension which will pressure our leaders to take 'defensive' measures.
I look forward to 2013- when people might start taking the enhanced greenhouse effect seriously as it is the most likely, and scientifically proven, end to our existence.
but this is only my opinion :)

Emily, Brisbane, Australia
June 09, 2009 12:36am

I think Jeorge got raptured halfway through his posting!

Morgan, Tracy, CA
June 10, 2009 4:57pm

Thank you so much for doing this episode. I'm a regular on Yahoo Answers, where in some forums it seems every third question is about 2012. This page has become a favorite reference URL for me to post in my answers. I really enjoy how your answers are well-researched and dense with facts and logic.

In response to some of the previous posts on this page, people have been predicting the end of the world for centuries--and using those same "self-evident signs" (e.g. one-world gov't, etc.) to do it. Emily's post pretty much hit the nail on the head on the human psychology aspect, though I have never heard any scientist or scientific paper state that climate change could end the human race. (Hmmm, possible future episode topic?)

Andrew, Urbana, IL
June 10, 2009 7:20pm

Well first of all, the whole end of the world 2012 has been created by people who didn't bother to study the ancient Mayans. December 2012 is suppose to be a mark of a big event in our world. It never was stated by the Mayans or even suggested that the world would just suddenly end.

And as far as the bible, its interesting to see denomination make predictions. This is further proof that the vast majority of "Christians" do not even read their own book. Jesus himself says he has no idea when the world will end . Yet you have christian denominations who try to prove otherwise lol..

Paul, Chicago IL
June 12, 2009 7:53pm

I guess our current economic situation, epidemic crisis and all the unfolding stories about aliens,clashing of planets or what so ever triggers the end of our days. Humans have been irresponsible and careless, the government should implement strict policy about smoking and destroying our forests. The air is gasping, sea is crying,earth is dying and there's no denying,it's coming.. All the predictions..the warnings..it's all true. We're the one's putting end on our lives..we are the problem..CHANGE is the key to surpass all of these, we should go back from the start and live our lives simple and meaningful.

Darwin, Calbayog City,Philippines
June 14, 2009 10:42pm

The world will not end in 2012. The world will not end in 2464. The world is going to outlast you, me, and the rest of humanity.

Besides if Jesus is going to come back, he is going to flood the world. Read Matthew 24: 37-39.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
June 14, 2009 11:43pm

See Joe,

I knew the skeptics and yourself can find some common ground.

Michael, Worcester
June 15, 2009 8:09am

I have a lot in common with skeptics because I am one of them, Michael. I am not a theist. I am an atheist and I have no use for your god in my life.

I quote the bible for the simple reason that it is what the rapture ready crowd uses to justify their beliefs.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
June 15, 2009 1:46pm

Jesus isn't going to flood the world.Matthew 24:37-39 is pretty much saying He will catch us of guard.Also, Genesis 8:21, says He'll never flood us.Ever. Jesus doesn't know,only God knows.

Anthony pena, Los Angeles,Ca
June 17, 2009 3:32pm

Love it. Your a genius.

John Pelich, Pensacola FL
June 18, 2009 2:06am

Great Article.
You can add Scientist climate predictions and probably engages with 2012 teories...

Will be great climate changes on 2012, 2020 and 2050.

Probably are not relationated with 2012 doomsday predictions, but can contribuite to it :)

Great job

Eduardo, Spain
June 19, 2009 4:58am

Jesus very clearly said "no man knows the day or the hour." So anyone trying to calculate the day or the hour is clearly wasting his time.

Also, the Rapture is not "the end of the world." Anyone who makes this claim has obviously not read the Bible. Read it.

Scoff all you want. That doesn't change anything.

Mark, Albuquerque, NM
June 19, 2009 8:41am

The term rapture is never used in the bible.

How did the word apocalypse, which means; lifting of the veil or revelation, come to be known as “The end of the world”?

As with Armageddon the use and meaning of these two words have been misconstrued from their original usage and meaning.

Oddly enough “believers” and “non-believers” alike.

How about a skeptic article that there is no Apocalypse and Armageddon thus rendering all the “dates of prediction” mute and mundane?

Oddly enough I’ve watch scientific based television shows that have been about this subject and they offer up “scientific theory” on what could happen.

But again all based on the incorrect meaning and application of the words…

Christopher, Your House/Eating your left over eggrolls
June 19, 2009 10:52am

I highly doubt the bible has anything to do with the end of the world, my opinion is the bible is a fictional story to keep people motivated and to have faith.

The day the earth dies will be either after an meteor strikes the earth or when the sun burns out.

Maybe Mayans have a role but nothing religios past that can be true.

Travis Morris, Ontario, Canada
June 19, 2009 6:01pm

Duh, duh, duh...believe what you believe in...no predictions are 100% accurate, even 'the sun will rise tomorrow' isn't perfectly accurate...1 thing is only accurate- we will all die. And that is not a prediction, it is reality.

Ra, The Sun God, Philippines
June 19, 2009 9:31pm

wow i see alot of atheist here the bible just dosent keep faith its the truth

Zoe, Augusta,GA
June 20, 2009 9:04pm

the reality is...we all die...i personally believe in the bible..and all the predictions are hogwash!..keep predicting..and some will make it all come true for you...but if you believe that the one true JESUS makes the decisions then thats what you can count on..the end.

understanding the reality, mobile al
June 21, 2009 10:31am

Things like the bible have a place, surely, some people are just too hollow and need something, (false or not), to keep them going.

I think the same is probably true for these 'predictions'. It's as if people need an excuse to live. Or they need to feel that they can see their destination. Maybe everyday, normal death is too vague.

Alexander, Lapeer, MI
June 21, 2009 11:32am

I survived Y2K and feel I will 2012 as well. My only concern is that didn't the boy who cried wolf EVENTUALLY get eaten BY the wolf??

Kimberly, Atlanta, GA
June 21, 2009 11:36pm

We've been warned many times in the past and these are still warnings. These may not be true but one thing for sure, everything in life has to come to an end.

Jane, Philippines
June 22, 2009 6:11am

i just dont get, is it just the mayans or WHAT!

some people say that it's just gonna be a earth nature, and the mayans say that is just gonna be like another day, you know.

every people have their own storys, because we arent sure what is going to happen!.

ylsse, los angeles, CA
June 22, 2009 9:52pm

Always try our best to do good things.Forget all the worries and never ending predictions.Always have faith to God almighty.

Chris, Saipan,CNMI
June 23, 2009 3:52am

I'm going to start asking people who rattle on about the end of the world in 2012 to transfer the contents of their bank account to mine, since they won't be needing it. My guess is they'll soon shut up.

Steve, Järvenpää, Finland
June 23, 2009 10:52am

There is no any sufficient evidence that supports the claim that the world (or perhaps most of it) will end in 2012. I have been looking for any kind of scientific data that might support the claim but the only thing I found was the warning that came from NASA scientists who are saying that the Sun will be very active in 2012. It will create aurora borealis - hight energy particles will enter the Earth's atmosphere and will probably affect the power systems, radio communications, satellites, also everything will be exposed to high radiation... This certainly won't end the world but will cost a lot of money for the affected regions.
So, I will talk to you again in 2013 :)

E.A., USA
June 23, 2009 12:12pm

Hello, I'm an author from the philippines to all foreign countries, you can buy my book at my website. dahinojustine.webs.com
We can't say if the world is really going to end in 2012. We can't say if it's TRUE or NOT. But we really have 3 years left. If it passes in 2012 that nothing happens then it's not true. Let's just wait for the day december 21, 2012 to come. I'm so worried and scared. What if it will really happen?

Justine Dahino, Philippines
June 24, 2009 4:15am

oh well,
there's only one thing that we can do
"wait until 2012 comes"
and i agree with E.A about that solar flare, it's the only scientific data came from NASA which is something believable

Ace, Philippines
June 26, 2009 4:45am

Having faith in 'God Almighty' wont do much either...perlease!

quantize, earth
June 27, 2009 6:57am

It was not possible to write in one block in that short time for me.

There is a war going on here and above.

I read Arguelles, Sitchin, the Bible and more like about New Age p.e. mountshastamagazine.com (Theosophy) and the New World Order (Masons) p.e. from the English Colony called America and the 13nd tribe (Ashkenazi) from Khazaria.

Those trickers safe space.

In the Galaxy are Dwarfs and Giants im/ex-ploding, the Earth was hit before.

Global Warming can give another Ice-Age, it happened before.

People die after a short or long life ...
but is there anybody who tries to live in peace with not selfish love like p.e. Jesus ?

The most people serve other gods than they like to know ...
and there are other people at the top that rule the world than they see.

I think there will be a period that we all will know more about the movements here and above.

Sorry for the very short story full of trickers you may google.

What ever happens : be a good person for yourself AND others.

The Money-system went down and will be replaced by controlled creditcards ... if you want to see signs you will see enough of it !

Educateyourself is also a good site to visit ... inform yourself and be good do good (if you please).

Dubbelaar, Veenendaal (NL)
June 28, 2009 5:47am

While I find the notion of 2012 End of Days entertaining and a bit spooky, my bigger concern isn’t with Planet X or pole shifting, but society (the world’s societies) falling into anarchy.

Nuclear proliferation, radical extremist and Wack Job dictators don’t lend a very positive future for our world. I see these and other worldly issues coming to a boiling-over point, and I fear, somewhere, something is going to break. In my “young” 49 years of life, I can’t remember a time when I was more concerned with “the people of the world” and those who are arguably wackos that hold the power to do some very bad things.

Terrible things have happened in the past and now we posses the ability to destroy the world several times over. And you know - there are just bad people out there.

So, the notion of earth’s destruction in 2012 is entertaining, there is nothing entertaining about what some very bad people in this world can do.

In the words of a infamous “victim”, Why Can’t We All Just Get Along?

Super Russ, Land of Oz
June 28, 2009 12:27pm

The funny thing about trying to predict the end from a biblical stand point is that the bible itself is against it. In the scriptures Jesus States that basicaly no one will see it coming. So all these people trying to put exact dates on it are pretty much wasting their time.

Paul, Glasgow
June 28, 2009 12:53pm

Idk what the heck is going to happen .... but God bless us all.. and the day this happens ... we have to hope for the best. and hold on to our loved ones. 2012 dec. 21 i been researching it since 2008 Maybe is a myth maybe this may not happen. but if its such a myth why is everyone predicting the sane thing why is nasa so accurate this time? why is everyone talking about it? why did they make a movie about it for this nov? to warn us?... get us more scared or prepared? will just have to wait theres nothing more to do. what can do >?? am 16 years old and im just waitin till the year comes is only 2009 it may happen in a blink of an eye.

Roxanne Santiago, florida
June 28, 2009 1:06pm

Yes something will happen sooner or later (like in the past) with war and disasters.
Because some people made problems and have the "solution" ready by producing pills and bombs.

They try to scare us all so we will give money to produce their products, but than there is less money for care.

There are many followers who are ready to be killed for their cause.

I think Jesus (Yeshua) had a better plan but who can follow Him realy, most of the people rather stay blind and deaf than to believe that there is something realy wrong since millennia and longer with the world.

He had a New Testament and people keep the Old one and all the old habbits since Babylon.
Mark my words.

Dubbelaar, Veenendaal (NL)
June 28, 2009 3:37pm

All i belive is a 1 to 5 degree of shift in the earths axis in 2012

J, kingston,on
June 29, 2009 4:02am

Dubbelaar and J from Kingston

Could you please tell me why you believe the world is going to end?

What edvidence and sources you have to back this up?

And what edvidence would it take for you to stop believing this claim?

I don't not believe this because I can find no hard edvidence that supports the claim.

I would start believing this if different Science-base sources ie unveristities of highstanding, 1st world government organisnations ie NASA and/or science societies independently from each other find and produce simlar/same edvidence that the world will end in 2012 because of this predicted event which has at least a 95% chance of happening.

Claire, Melbourne, Australia
June 29, 2009 6:04pm

I think that there will come huge changes and that the world goes on.

Of course we have always a chance that something worse can happen.
The world will go on what ever happens, but sometimes it is hard to survive for people.
There are already bad circumstances for people p.e. in war or in a disaster getting too less help although it is promised.

But it still can be worse,
so don't worry, be happy !
Just make everyday as good as possible !

Everybody must live each day and do the stuff that is neccesary, I think.

Nobody believed that the money-system would be re-arranged like it is today.

Your spiritual life is more important ... if you believe in eternity.
But that is hard to prove, what also counts is how we live here today.

Dubbelaar, Veenendaal (NL)
June 29, 2009 10:13pm

Nice one, Brian

Dave, Paignton
June 30, 2009 10:47pm

Scientist predict the end of the world so many times and have failed... But there are reasons to believe that the world is ending if you really look at it for e.g why would they make a movie based on 2012 and what is going to happen seriousley be prepared cause this world is way over due it has survived for billions and millions of years so 2012 could be the end of the world just prepare yourselfs...

crystal, victoria/australia
June 30, 2009 10:59pm

I do believe something catastrophic will happen there is too much evidence to disprove it. so live for today. because you never know whats around the corner.

Claire saunders, Kent. England
July 01, 2009 12:50pm

Crystal Why would they make a movie about willy Wonka if he didn't exist?

Maybe to tell a great story and make money from ticket sales?

Claire - what evidence are you talking about?

Claire, Melbourne, Australia
July 01, 2009 6:23pm

Listen, mankind can't even predict the weather accurately, let alone the end of the earth. On another note, preditions of Earths distruction, usually refer to to extinction of the human race and NOT the obliteration of the planet.. Sadly, NEWS of death and distruction make great selling points, which make for great viewing/reading by the PAYING public..

If it's going to happen, eg 2012 etc, it will; so pray you DON'T see it coming (it'll hurt less..!).

Anthony, Manchester, UK
July 02, 2009 1:07pm

I believe something will happen soon, maybe later.
On 23 dec 1913 they began the Fed Bank of Rothschild, whose sign is blue in the Israel-flag.
There must be also a system with FEMA-camps and some people like to reduce the worldpopulation to control p.e. with chips to locate them.

So everything is ready for the next revolution, even with weapons etc. and flying saucers
if I may believe some YouTube-films.

But first they must come as good leaders to solve the money-problem they arranged.

O drugs and wars, disasters and all go on.

It could be a nice movie if it was not so real and near to come.

Dubbelaar, Veenendaal (NL)
July 02, 2009 3:51pm

Yes Claire what is the evidence? No really, I'm curious.

Craig, Washington DC
July 02, 2009 5:33pm

Evidence is sometimes hard to find.
Take some towers and some airplanes where the planes were destroyed but not a passport of a so-called terrorist and the planes destroyed in a strange way not 2 but 3 towers, the 3rd was from the CIA and a former CIA-member called Osama was the big evildo-er, than a war started against a country without nuclear weapons although they said so to start a war against the will of the ally's.

In Europe they want to start one government too, but they don't succeed very soon. So they stopped referendi. They don't ask the people anymore.

How come I think there went something wrong against the will of the people ?

It is also strange that Poles are melting and other disasters occur more than ever before.

Some people don't like to see those things as evidence, they say it is the way it is, but I think some forces try to break through.

But I also believe there will be a balance someday.
The world didn't end at 1918 nor 1945, but it showed how terrible people can be.
Nature-disasters show how terrible the gods can be ... or how fregile the earth is.

Dubbelaar, Veenendaal (NL)
July 03, 2009 8:43am

Over 3000 people died on September 11th 2001. It's really not a suitable topic for you to make a silly hobby of.

Craig, Washington DC
July 03, 2009 11:42am

People all over the world, just do not get it. If man does not change his ways and start praying, these things will continue to happen. There will be great chastisements, but few will be saved unless they want to recognize their Eternal Father. Why do you think these scientists are scratching their heads and never coming up with an answer? Science and Religion, do not mix. By the way, there is no life on other planets.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 03, 2009 3:28pm

Why, what natural or man made disasters have been helped by praying? How many millions of people prayed to keep Katriana from coming ashore in New Orleans? How many people prayed to keep loved ones safe in Iraq and Afghanistan and they died anyway? What benefits has prayer every showed to anyone? There dozens of prayer studies that show that patients who are prayed for have the same outcomes or worse that patients who aren't.

You are right science and religion don't mix. When science finds some new point that contradicts religion, religion is the one that needs to change.

Craig, Washington DC
July 03, 2009 5:37pm

What are you saying? Are you saying that man has to change for God? Because if you are, you are sadly mistaken. That is one of many reasons why things go the way they do. I prayed for my husband right before he died, but the lax Doctors and Nurses, killed him, but that is besides the point. There will be a third world war and it is coming soon. What we have to pray for is our souls. It will be the war of good versus evil. People should know what side they are on. The Eternal Father will make his decision after the ball of redemption falls upon us. What I am saying about scientists is that they are playing God. And no man shall put another man before God.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 03, 2009 10:13pm

the bible does tell us that certain things have to happen... the uniting of the ten nations for one but it also says it will happen wen man least expects it so dont be fake and only worship god on the days the world is supposed to end or u will not be saved for playing with god is like playing with fire. u will get burned

Jesus I, bristol
July 04, 2009 1:47am

What the Bible says doesn't mean anything though. It's just made up stories. That fact that someone who didn't understand about microbes or thought the Sun went around the Earth says 10 nations have to unite should not be an action item for people living in the 21st Century.

Craig, Washington DC
July 04, 2009 1:58am

Interesting how people look at nature gods goddesses and systems of power and wealth.

I don't think the sun (nor moon) is the true light in the darkness we are.
Also socalled true love can be egocentric and filled with lust.

I see much fire in the darkness
and wars with sickness and all.

So called shepperds and other leaders are behaving like beasts.
There is a big lack between what people say and what they do.

Improving yourself is a good thing to try/do.

This planet is full of wars in- and out-side the body.
What can we do with ourselves ?

Dubbelaar, Veenendaal (NL)
July 04, 2009 2:48am

Craig, I get the picture. You are an athiest. I am not here to convert you or anyone else, but in case you are interested in what is going to happen, I suggest you visit this website: www.tldm.com. That stands for; These Later Days Ministries. Or: Our lady of the Roses, Shrine. There you will find in the "Directives," section, all the messages that were given to the Bayside seer, Veronica Lueken. Jesus and Mary gave Veronica many messages of the things that were going to and will, happen.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 04, 2009 9:36pm

The truth is only what we get others to believe.

I think this is something all of you should think about. If people believe that God created Earth and man-kind let them, or if they believe Carl Segan and his explanation through science let them. If you don't think the world is going to end in 2012, well thats nice but its your opinion, same goes for the other side of that argument. Your all wasting your time trying to get others to believe what you believe, or trying to ensure others that your not crazy and it does make sense.

Jasey Rae, Las Vegas, Nevada
July 04, 2009 10:23pm

What is there to indicate that this Veronica person actual had these visions? Why should we believe her? What proof does she offer? Her own church doesn't even believe her. This group obviously sucks at their job seeing as the vast majority of people have never heard of the "Bayside Seer". Why would a supreme being, with all the power at their disposal outsource getting this message out to people who are so obviously incompetent?

We are talking about some sort of god here. If this entity really wanted to get a message out there are better ways to do it.

Craig, Washington DC
July 05, 2009 9:59pm

Yes there is a deathcult pointing at the Roman crucifix and the Isis-Osirus-Horus-pyramid with uncle Seth and there was Farao Moses with rules and war.

Revelation 6 and further writes about destruction of all kinds and the emperrors with the priests did the same for the time you can remember.

There is much confusion and only a few try to follow real Love Life and Light like Yeshua/Jesus.
The majority lacks of it and will suffer, you get what you give.

That is what causing troubles, I think.
Quo vadis ? What do you follow ?

Dubbelaar, Veenendaal (NL)
July 07, 2009 3:30am

The great chastisement(Aramagedon) or the Apocalypse, can be found in Revelation- (John the Apocalypse)in the Holy Bible. If you read it carefully, you will get the message. Most people think that the year 2012 will be the Apocalypse, because that is the end of the Mayan calendar. No one knows for sure, but the Eternal Father, when things are going to happen. We just have to be prepared and Pray. You can delete this as you have deleted my other message. But, I have made my point.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 07, 2009 11:58am

Revelation is just one of half a dozen or so apocalypses that circulated the early church. It's really just a revenge fantasy for early Christians who liked the idea of their persecutors being punished. There's nothing to indicate that the author of Revelations is the same author of John's Gospel.

As for 2012, most Mayan scholars don't put the end of the long count calendar in 2012. The Mayan's don't write about anything bad happening.

This sort of thing isn't just a matter of personal belief. Seeing the end of the world as some glorious event has serious implications for the US considering how many people believe this stuff. When you frame things like environmental policy and foreign policy in terms of a glorious end of the world you make bad choices. Global warming becomes a prophesy fulfillment instead of serious issue. Wars become signs that the glorious second coming of whoever is nigh. This is completely incompatible with living in a modern complicated world.

Craig, Washington DC
July 07, 2009 12:41pm

Just like many topics you can see it with different eyes.
It is also a point of choise between acting good or not so good.
Of course most people think that they act good, even the warriors etc..
Some choose for power and gold, but each choise has consequenses, some try to shovel that to the future.

Now I ask myself why shall we wait till the utter-limits and just try to do better everyday, whatever will come.

Just go on working with good jobs,
you may call that white magic.
You may call that serving the planet/G-D.

Some people need help and sometimes we can help them.

Dubbelaar, Veenendaal (NL)
July 07, 2009 4:08pm

Yes, Dubbelaar, sometimes we can help people and sometimes, we can't. I always try to help people.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 08, 2009 12:19am

What would be the benefit of your help? What about my life would be improved by this sort of magical thinking?

Craig, Washington DC
July 08, 2009 11:08am

Craig, actually, I was speaking in general when I said 'some people we can help and some people we can't.' I was not directing that comment at anyone in paticular. In this world today, a lot of people are losing faith and they are turning away from God. Some of them are a few family members of mine. Until I started praying again,I was lost, but when I took a couple of pictures of the Virgin Mary and they all turned to Gold, that is when I knew what I had to do. And when my son's wife told me she could not have children, I prayed and now, she is going to have a baby. It is not magic of any kind. It is the power of prayer. Believe what you want.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 08, 2009 1:17pm

It's an excellent sign for the future or our species that more people are turning away from magical thinking. Waiting for intervention from some divine power is hopelessly maladaptive in a diverse modern world.

Prayer, magic, it's the same thing. One irrational supernatural belief is pretty much the same as another. Praying on a rosary is pretty much the same thing as praying to my neighbor's garden gnome. Either what you want will happen or it won't. That's not divine intervention, it's just life. Occasionally the law of large numbers just catches up with you.

Craig, Washington DC
July 08, 2009 8:57pm

And what is the future of our species? Is the future about turning away from religion and planning a world full of followers that do not know which end is up?I think not. That is communism to think that the world will one day be like everyone else, man following man. Man is not and will never be, God! Any man that puts man before God, is totally wrong and will have to answer to God himself one day. Or maybe not. It depends on where man is going.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 08, 2009 10:21pm

Prove that what you're following exists.

Craig, Washington DC
July 09, 2009 12:02pm

If you want to believe in God that is fine, however you can't simply turn to God when there is no other answer for something. Like the creator of this website says, use critical thinking. Simply saying "It's God's will" is just a cop out and another way of saying I don't know. Believe in a higher power if you want, just don't make it the explanation for everything because that isn't the right way of thinking. There's a fine line between being religious and ignorant, no offense. My friend's mom was told she couldn't have another baby. She didn't pray and she still had twins 10 years later.

Alex, Fruitland, MD
July 10, 2009 2:15pm

not gonna happen.

claire, 48708
July 10, 2009 4:45pm

Good points all over, but in my opinion, 2012 is about counsciousness and not religion or magic.

Terrence McKenna is the one who in my honest opinion has the best points of view on 2012. If you don't know him or anything about him, check him out, really interesting.

João Pantaleão, Portugal / Madeira
July 10, 2009 4:56pm

Craig, I do not have to prove it. All you have to do is, when you wake up, open yor door and look outside. Look all around you. At the trees, the birds, the animals, the grass, the sun, the sky. The house you live in. It is all around. Too bad people cannot stop and smell the roses and be thankful for all they have. Religion, is not magic. I do not know where that came from. And Alex, it was in God's will to have twins. The Doctor was wrong, which only proves that man is not always right, especially Doctors. Doctors and Nurses, are the ones who killed my husband, by their lax ways. Believe what you want. Obviously, we do not have the same God.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 11, 2009 2:51am

If there were some big changes happening to our planet in 2012, wouldn't we have started to feel it already? To flip the earth up-side-down, takes a bit off energy, don't you think. 2012 is all a lie, made up by some boored-to-their-head kids. I'm looking forward to 21st of Desember, 2012, so this lie will be convicted!

Alex, Norway
July 11, 2009 9:38am

yeah all that is the product of millions of years of evolution. Prayer is just magical thinking dressed up. It's like believing in fairies or Greek gods or Voodoo or pretty much anything else. One irrational belief is the same as another.

Prayer studies, and there have been plenty of them, give the lie to the idea of God's will in health care. Prayer has never been show to have an effect (positive or negative) on patient outcomes. If prayer impacted outcomes we should see patients who pray or are prayed for having better actions than patients who are not. There is no data that supports a supernatural intervention in health care. It would be nice, but sorry the world doesn't work that way.

Craig, Washington DC
July 11, 2009 12:41pm

Yeah, I know. People around the world are sacrificing their life to some "God", who has never been proved in any way. And if we ask Christians why "God" brought war, illness, child rapers etc, all they have to say is; "God works in mysterious ways". That's the ONLY thing they have to say. And people believe it because they have been brainwashed by their christian parents. They are afraid to go to an imaginary place called "Hell".

Life is short, and there will be no Heaven or Hell. So enjoy it!

Alex, Norway
July 11, 2009 2:58pm

L. Mora:

Just because you cannot imagine how evolution could create the complexities of the world around us does not mean there must be a god. Attributing anything misunderstood or too "complex" for our minds will only return us to the dark ages - when anything and everything was supernatural. Including, but not limited to: Comets, disease, solar and lunar eclipses, etc.

Religion is a crutch - it gives people an explanation for that which they cannot or do not wish to understand and/or deal with. Someone died? Oh, it's god's will. Someone is sick, lost their fortune, killed someone else - it's all god's will. So when do we become responsible for our own actions, our own lives?

John, New York
July 11, 2009 3:49pm

I am wasting my time here, but I do have a question for John. Are you from the Bronx, NY? I am originally from the Bronx and you sound like someone I knew. Oh, and by the way, there is a Heaven and Hell. And yes, we are responsible for our own lives, which will either lead us to Heaven or Hell. The choice is up to the individual.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 12, 2009 1:26pm

L. Mora says;
"Oh, and by the way, there is a Heaven and Hell. And yes, we are responsible for our own lives, which will either lead us to Heaven or Hell. The choice is up to the individual."

Just how exactly can you be so sure of these places being real, and not just allegorical inventions of an ancient fuedal system to keep the masses sufficiently cowed and pliable?

Where is the evidence?
As well as being responsible for our own lives, we are have responsibility to prove any claims for something being real that we might make.

Besides all that, how is it relevant to the silly idea that 2012 has any more significance than any other year?

Marius vanderLubbe,, Nullabour plain, Australia
July 12, 2009 8:16pm

Marius, who do you think made this world? Do you think it came about on it's own? Who created you? As I said to Craig, if you want proof, the proof is when you wake up everyday. You are living, breathing,walking, talking. You may have a fancy car or a nice house or you may have many other things you enjoy. Who do you think gave you those things? They just did not fall out of the sky. How do you think life started? How did the sun get way up in the sky? How did the moon get there? Did they just happen on their own? When you walk out your house and say to yourself: "What a beautiful day." Or when a baby is born? that is a miracle in itself.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 12, 2009 10:37pm

Hydrogen.
Not some random deity.
Really, we are a little more advanced than child like questions such as;
"How did the sun get way up in the sky?"

Marius vanderLubbe, Nullabour plain, Australia
July 13, 2009 3:06pm

Marius..."in the beginning God created the Heaven and the Earth." (Genesis-1:1) Let's talk about Hydrogen. The Sun compresses 564 million tons of Hydrogen into 560 million tons of Helium, with 4 million tons of matter released as energy. The billions of stars in the sky generate their energy the same way. Each converting Hydrogen into Helium. Which reduces the total amount of Hydrogen in the Cosmos. If Hydrogen is being used, and it has been going on forever, how much Hydrogen is left? How does it keep on replenshing itself? This could not be, unless there was a beginning. In the beginning, God created the Heaven and the Earth.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 13, 2009 9:41pm

God always lives at the edge of human ignorance. However, we know a lot about how the sun works now so we don't have to resort to god did it. There are plenty of things we don't understand but that's not really one of them.

As far as the two contradictory books in Genesis, those are just adaptions of previously existing Sumerian texts. In the 21st Century it's we don't need to be substituting the myths of Bronze Age nomads for real reason and discipline science. They are an interesting read but beyond their value as literature there's no reason to think they have scientific validity.

Craig, Washington DC
July 13, 2009 10:23pm

Craig, the point is not how the sun works. It is how we got here and who created us. By bringing out this informantion about the sun and Cosmos, it is to bring out the point that everyhing has a beginning and an end. And if you think there is no beginning and ending, then I feel sorry for you.

L.Mora, U.S.A.
July 14, 2009 12:01am

One word, L.Mora.

Supernova.

Google it.

Marius vanderLubbe, Nullabour plain, Australia
July 14, 2009 1:12am

Please L.Mora, give me ONE evidence of any God existence, and I'll bet all these guys will be proven wrong.

I mean, unless you have any proof?

Alex, Norway
July 14, 2009 6:35am

L. Mora, why do you have this need to feel special? "My personal god created the universe, and I worship that god, so I am special."

Here is the problem with your belief. You purposefully weed out any god that is not your god. For all we knew, Vishnu created us in a dream, we were made from the bonds of frost giants, we emerged from the underworld, or just as likely, Google "searched" us into existence through the holy search engine. Furthermore, it could even be some creator deity of a long forgotten religion that created us and we have been worshipping the wrong god all this time. or one from some undiscovered planetoid out there is out there in the cosmos.

The universe had a beginning and it is called the big bang. We did not come from nothing. Simple truth is that all the matter in the universe was condensed into one single point for some time and it exploded. Hydrogen was the first element created and pressure between hydrogen atoms allowed the atoms to fuse and became helium, and the other elements up to iron. Anything beyond iron required gravity and black holes to create.

When will it end? It will happen long after we become a footnote in the evolutionary timeline.

If you cannot embrace reality and accept it on its terms, that is one thing. Do not sit there and tell me that we need to believe in your god to understand the purpose, that is on you.

We do not need your god to make use feel safe. We accept the universe being an uncaring place.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
July 14, 2009 6:38am

Let me put this into perspective. The universe is big. It's so big that we measure it units of how long it takes light to travel in a year. Our own galaxy, is about 100,000 light years in diameter. That is to say that the light you see from stars on the other side of our own galaxy left those stars 100,000 years ago. Our galaxy is one of several in the "Local Group". We're in just one of thousands of clusters of galaxies in the universe. Now, when we get into Quantum theory with 11 dimensions and an infinite number of universes all of existence gets so big you need to lay down if you try to think about it. If some supreme being created all of this, I have to think that he's got a pretty good self image and doesn't need me to tell him how great he/she is.

What's he doing listening to me saying "Thank you for this beautiful day" and going "you like it really? I'm so glad. I wasn't sure about the red in the sunrise so I'm really glad you said something."

Now if I don't thank anyone for the beautiful day or I don't do it in the right way I burn in a lake of fire forever? That's not God you are worshiping, it's Joan Crawford.

Craig, Washington DC
July 14, 2009 10:17am

When we think about when we're going to die, off course we get sad, but we accept, as Joseph said, that the universe is an uncaring place. And I think that if you accept life as your only one, you would enjoy it more, because you don't rely on an "afterlife"

Think about that!

Alex, Norway
July 15, 2009 6:35am

I see no real threat to all of this "doomsday" BS. There is no concrete evidence, so why get all flustered about it? Don't believe everything you hear and your life will work out just fine.

Nicole, Michigan
July 17, 2009 7:46pm

When I was a young man my father and I would get into arguments on a regular basis. My father would not listen to my argument, even if he knew it was correct, unless I used proper English and could express myself in a lucid manner. Even if I had a valid point I had to articulate it with clarity, with correct pronunciation and most importantly my argument had to progress in a logical manner. My suggestion is that we apply these standards to this exchange. If a commenter cannot adhere to this framework they are simply ignored. I would imagine it would dramatically improve the quality of discourse. Also, there might be less exclamation points and caps locking.

Gnawer of the Moon, Los Anchorage, AK
July 19, 2009 9:30am

the guy who wrote this is amazing. im pretty sure anybody would agree with me that he is. this man can see into the future!!! HAHAHAHA. yea you need to get a life. you have way to much time on your hands if all you do is talk about the end of the world. in 13 years(which is how old i am) ive never meet anyone who can tell the future. last time i checked gods name wasn't brian dunning. you cant see whats going to happen in a couple years. the God i know put me on this earth to live and share his word. we were not put on this earth just to be blown up or whatever. we are all here for a purpose and yours must have been really important to tell us we are going to die. dont get me wrong, its not just you, there are many others. many of you following ancient calendars that some myans wrote. there are some questions i have for you. were the myans
God? just because thier calendar ended does that mean the world will end on that day? did you ever think that the myans just didnt fell like making any more calendars? you see just because someone is a so called a scientist doesn't mean you can tell the future. if i remember correctly the end of the world was supposed to end when bush was still in office and unless i missed it, IT NEVER HAPPENED! yes men will have theories and they will not always be correct. but this one is highly unbelievable. thank you for hearing me out. the lord said in rev. 22:13 "I am alpha and omega the beginning and the end, the first and the last."

thank you.

joel jaldin, ladson, south carolina
July 20, 2009 11:13am

Fiction: the world would never end in a day,week, or a year....period
Fact: The world will end slowly...because we destroy it slowly..I hope you all got the message

Ryan Munoz, Philippines
July 20, 2009 2:42pm

Dear joel jaldin,

Brian never said he was God or that he could see the future. He used a logical flow to tell everyone that there's no reason to freak out about some people saying the world was ending. You basically just argued with someone who agrees with you.

Joseph, Norman
July 20, 2009 4:34pm

I WOULDNT SAY I DONT BELIEVE THIS BCUZ I KINDA DO...I HAVE DREAM & SOME DAYS THEY WILL COME TRUE I DONT KNOW WHATS IT IS I JUST NEED SOME HELP BUT IN THE NEAR FUTURE I WILL SEE A THERAPIST TO TALK IT OVER WITH.....

Erica., Moss Point
July 20, 2009 9:26pm

I have to say, it's refreshign to see this article here amidst all of the rubbish with so-called "scientific" explanations for the 2012 theory. The amount of research that went into this article is the amount of research that needs to go on in the scientific theories of 2012 and the yet unproven planet Nibiru. I hope after a full, hearty amount of research, people will realize this is nothing more than a Y2K wannabe that lacks any substance and is based on flawed scientific, religious, anthropolical and historical accounts. The problem is that no one can predict the end of the world, and if someone could we'd all be preparing for that day. But, as we all can see, life goes on. I used to be piss-scared of this theory, but more research led to conclusive arguments that had more substance than the initial theory itself. I thank you for writing this article and quelling my angst in the midst of this theory. As time moves on and 2012 approaches, it will be interesting to see how people react. But, for now, I hope this article makes its way out of this blog and into the hands of more readers who need the same pacification that this has brought me. Thanks again for the insight...I will continue to research. I really appreciate this article...I can sleep now knowing that I have heard both sides of the story and have been more satisfied by yours. Goodnight all.

JH, Chengdu
July 21, 2009 11:03am

Now the doomsdayers will say that because a meteor hit Jupiter that it will force Chiron into a new orbit and that will become the new planet x. This all coincided with the conjuction of 2009 and the solar eclipse of of July 22 when Earth is of lowest gravity. What a stupid coincidence.

Junior, Ontario
July 22, 2009 11:20am

That's not true! Believe in God dont believe in this so called website!

Zeth, Ambot ko!
July 23, 2009 2:17am

,,, well this is meaning less about the end of the year, frightening about the mass leans by bernoullis and followed the rapture by the mayons calender . henceforth to conjuction of the planet X to the earth, raising doubts

hari krishna, hydebad
July 24, 2009 10:25pm

Well, yes but that's just a side effect of living.

Craig, Washington DC
July 26, 2009 12:22pm

julian date august 11, 3114 = 584256.5

add 13 x 144,000 = 1,872,000 days

= JD 2456256.5

= November 25, 2012 (not Dec 21)

whazzup?

barry evans, eureka ca
July 26, 2009 1:15pm

Why didn't the Mayans predict the Spanish stealing all their gold, bringing disease and wiping out their cities?!

Big Baz, London
July 27, 2009 6:12am

Hi, Brian.
First off I want to say that 2012 does seem to be a hoax and COULD be a nonevent. On the other hand something COULD happen. We don't know when the end will be. All I know is that I am hoping the end comes soon and Jesus comes to take me off this rock where I can experience REAL life with him and my loved ones that have gone on before me. I won't have to experience the misery, war, and sadness this world has to offer me. And by the way, even though you and me might not agree with 2012, we are in the last days and He is coming back whether we like it or not. There are plenty of scriptures where Jesus mentions the times, and the fate of the scoffers who mock the end times.

Brandon, Montgomery, Alabama
July 28, 2009 7:35am

"...we are in the last days..."

Really?

'cause people have been under the impression that they've been in "the last days" since at least the late 1700's (see the Shakers above for an example).

Apparently those last "days" must move at the same pace as those original six creation "days" that lasted anywhere from 24 hours to "ages", "eras", or billions of years depending on your interpretation.

I don't know how to tell you this, but there have always been wars, famine, pestilence, plague, strife, and disasters regardless of the arbitrary numbers on a calendar. You may see a pattern in those events, but it's basically a Rorschach interpretation filtered through your own belief system.

Lewayne, Near Des Moines
July 28, 2009 9:52am

Here's the message that Christians need to hear: You're not special. There is no rescue just for you. War, disease, famine, an ABBA Reunion tour, you have to go through it with everyone else. You've built this rescue/revenge fantasy for yourselves but it's not real. Your Bronze/Iron Age myth is not going to save you. It would be better for the rest of the world if you all could just come to terms with that.

Craig, Washington DC
July 28, 2009 10:29am

I think a better plan would be to stop living life based on the random ravings of an Iron Age cult leader and start trying to appreciate the world for what it is.

Craig, Washington DC
July 28, 2009 11:40am

I believe that there is really a “last day”.. BUT I don’t think that somebody knows when it will be and how it will be… the solar system may affect us and our planet... but I think it wont end us and our planet.. only the one who creates us can destroy us…

KERWIN, PHILIPPINES
July 28, 2009 11:36pm

Your right on the fact their is no logic proof that 2012 isn't the end of the world if it is it will be mankinds own fault by worry about it...

Bobby, Bridgeport
July 29, 2009 2:17pm

Oh Kerwin, the universe is completely capable of destroying us. It's just a little bit beyond silly to think that a bunch of people thousands of years ago who thought that sacrificing other people to imaginary gods had some special insight into the end of the world.

Craig, Washington DC
July 30, 2009 9:24am

To Craig,

You need to read your Bible for in it is a very detailed account about why us Christians are special and why we will be saved. Also, it states how we will be saved and it is by the Lord coming and saving us. It states in the Bible that two will be working in the fields and then there will be only one. Two will be sleeping in a bed and there will be only one. I suggest you read the Bible.

Kevin, Fayetteville
August 01, 2009 4:51pm

Yeah. The bible is very specific as to how the world will end.

Jesus said that the world will end by flooding when he comes back. Matthew 24:37-39 explains it clearly:
24:37 But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.
24:38 For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark,
24:39 And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.

Oh you mean the revelation thing. Well it turns out that Revelation ever specifically mentions how the end of the world is supposed to come about. It says a lot of apocalyptic visions, but never says the end of the world. Daniel does however.

Find the 7 headed beast, get a detailed description of it and post a link here. Otherwise, do not bother with your mishmash of biblical passages from Revelation and the book of Daniel.

Read your Bible and I reject it.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
August 01, 2009 7:06pm

Kevin says;
"Two will be sleeping in a bed and there will be only one."
Never mind the end of the world.
He's gotta be on to something, as he's nailed my domestic status.
What does the Bible say about my chances with that hot redhead chick down the road?

Marius vanderLubbe, Nullabour Plain, Australia.
August 02, 2009 12:19am

That's impressive seeing as it was made up by Christians. What you really need to be reading are books about how the Bible came into existence. Karen Armstrong and Bart Erhman do some very good work on this and are both formidable scholars.

The inspired word of a god might be a bit more convincing if there were more early manuscripts that were identical. As it is, of the roughly 6000 papyrus Greek manuscripts known to exist the only few that match each other are about the size of a business card.

Honestly, I don't see how people can consider themselves educated when they are only conversant on one book.

Craig, Washington DC
August 02, 2009 1:17am

I agree with Craig. Reading only the Apocalyptic texts of the Bible (both old and new testament) do not "enlighten" a person about the future. I would suggest reading these texts in context with the Jewish history of that time- the Babylonian, Greek and Roman invasions and oppression. These might give a better insight into the birth and interpretation of apocalyptism.

Prakriti, Miamisburg, OH
August 02, 2009 5:35pm

I think this may be one of the many wrong dates of the rapture of god or the arrmagedon or any bullshit like that but just in case ill be heading to russia for safe coverage with the goverment. goodbye to all those christians who always told me to walk with god even tho yall gave such boring speeches yall were still kinda alright i prefer the catholics though they dont yack about unessesary crap or maybe i should go ahead with vampirism hell yea! cheers to all you d.a!!

nadia, Houston tx
August 03, 2009 2:48am

I just want something my son can read about the apocalypse time coming . He is 10 years old and wants to know how to give his heart to jesus . Me and the kids dad split about 2 years ago and I now have a son with so much anger he has no fear . I am desperate to work on him hard . I am desperate to change his heart arround . I hade to scare him with the seven sighns of apocalyps to wake him so he could see . Bye that same night he cryed and says mom I don't want thoses things to happen and why would god do such thing like this . He told me I was lying to him . I told him firm no I was not lying to him . He knows now and want to learn more about god and breaf discriptions of the seven sighns of the apocalyps . Thanks

Teresa, ypsilanti , 48198
August 03, 2009 5:19pm

Scaring your kid into crying? That's a good mom right there...

Alex, Norway
August 04, 2009 6:57am

Maybe you should think about ways to keep your kid from growing up with a primitive belief in a death cult. Honestly, you would think that a culture that has put men on the moon, mapped the human genome and developed that no clogging filter free vacuum cleaner wouldn't need fairy stories to sleep at night.

Tell your kid this. There is no supernatural being looking out for him. No one has a plan for him. There is nobody that he can make a psychic connection with to forgive his sins. The upshot of this is that, your life if precious because it's the only one you get. You get to decide the plan for your life that will give it meaning. There is no one to forgive you for doing wrong so you have to accept the consequences of your actions because there's no easy way out.

Craig, Washington DC
August 04, 2009 9:35am

Well, there is a a group of facts that despite good explanation will just not fit, you dismiss the knowlege of the ancient civilizations but even the nasa recognize that it is them who may be wrong when compare the data from the very "Modern science" with the Incas and Maya's calendar.
I think that ignore the fact that sciende can not explain everithing can actually castrate the imajination and it is the imajination that push us to discover new things; also remeber that who ever thinks that he/she posses the final truth, he/she is the most ignorant of all, belive on what make you better; and if the end of the world suits you, go for it, but do it yourselve and do not try to convince other people otherwise, grow up scare is not a good thing, it make you miss things that you shouldn't and guilt is a heavy bardon to be carried around, I know it and I don't support it.
I like to think that it will happen something that will shake the way that we are treating the planet and our fellow humans; it is depresing seen the missery all over the world so.... everything is possible, either a comet or the super armed countries, it all depends of timing - Be the best that you can be, find God in the way that you see it and never fear dead, if youare religious you go to heaven, if you are not, then that's the end.

Carlos, London
August 04, 2009 4:07pm

You know, I lost my little brother in a car accident, almost a year ago. And some time I wish so bad that I DID believe in God, so I could be able to face my brother again, in Heaven. But I realized that that wasn't real. And I think that in these moments, when the world in being hard on us, we do need a God. That's why people believe. But think about it, one person who controls EVERYTHING? There is no "He", YOU make all of your discisions! Please start realizing this, I am tired of hearing about people who sacrifice their life for an imagining, so-called "God"!

Alex, Norway
August 05, 2009 7:19am

No, NASA is not taking this seriously which is a good thing because it's a bad joke. There is no effort at NASA to look at the 2012 stories. The Mayans don't make any predictions about what will happen at the end of their calendar. If the Mayans had this deep understanding I suspect that they would not have but peoples' hearts out and used obsidian knives to cut their penises to please their gods. In fact, if you know anyone who is still a strict follower of Mayan religious practices, you should call the police. Tell them to bring biohazard suits and many, many plastic bags for the body parts. It might help people to remember that the wisdom of the ancients often resulted in someone dying screaming.

Craig, Washington DC
August 05, 2009 11:36am

I find the end of Mayan calendar interesting and somehow expect that something big is going to happen globally.

But if I do think it over, it's just a calendar indeed. A human made tool to help with everyday life during that time. Mayans are just humans like us now. They're not Gods, nor us.

Not-Telling, Indonesia
August 05, 2009 6:28pm

I don't believe in this, but I do feel something big is going to happen soon. Worldwide.

Nuclear War
Pandemics
I give it like 70%chance of happening.

Charles, Somewhere,Washington
August 05, 2009 11:21pm

this is a disgrace people should live there lives full instead of worrying about the end,so many stories so little proof.
The end of the world will come to us all in our own way one day,so live life to the full.

Stephen, BELFAST N.IRELAND
August 06, 2009 5:16am

If the episodes "Ancient Robots" and "Machines of the Gods" from the documentary series "Ancient Discoveries" can be trusted, it seems ancient people's knowledge of and familiarity with complex technology is highly under-rated though I suspect the religious authorities and their technicians comprised most of those in the know much like today's woo woo practitioners and illusionists (and skeptics worth their salt) when it comes to certain acts of trickery.

That aside, evidently, the only prophecies and premonitions that ever seem to come true are the self-fulfilling kind. If this kind was applied to the 2012 - or any other - alleged doomsday prophecy, then well we may worry if some of its proponents have access to those weapons of mass destruction codes I would guess none of us enjoys thinking about.

Hope it isn't so may give subjective solace but the only real way to discourage the ignorance to the extent it could prevent any such atrocities dependent on self fulfilling prophecies is to encourage some knowledge of the facts and analytical ability in others, encouraging them in turn to pass the thinking style along, that it may reach - and quite literally save us all from - those hypothetical, gullible folks with their fingers on the proverbial buttons.

We may not take prophecies seriously without evidence but must recognise others do. Ignoring their ignorance until it goes away is a vain enterprise and potentially perilous, so do what you can to spread that skeptical meme!

Johnny Burrows, Sydney, NSW, Australia
August 08, 2009 7:45pm

I figure the Apocalypse will come when that huge sea of oil still remaining under the mid-east catches fire and blows the whole thing to smithereens.

Joyce Stover, Windsor
August 12, 2009 9:19am

This is why we should be prepared (with God) so that when that time comes, today, tomorrow, 2012... we will no be afraid.

Liz Y. De Jesus, Orange City, FL
August 17, 2009 12:15pm

heres my list of how the end of the world will happen: a comet, a planet crashing into us, zombies, aliens, disease, nucleur power, blackhole, and the sun burning the earth. so, be prepard for it and I would say theres a 50 50 chance it will happen

jack, orange
August 18, 2009 1:31pm

'heres my list of how the end of the world will happen: a comet, a planet crashing into us, zombies, aliens, disease, nucleur power, blackhole, and the sun burning the earth.'

^ That sounds like one hell of a party. ;)
No, I think the whole 2012 theory is, for the most part, ridiculous...people will adapt anything they see nowadays to what they want to believe; and just look at how all the other so-called 'Doomsdays' worked out. We're still here, last time I recalled. It's sad people haven't advanced by now...this was going on centuries ago with the Book of Revelation, for God's sake...
This all started from the Mayan calender, and whilst we have to say the Mayans were advanced for their time, the end of their calender should signify nothing. When our calender ends, we toss it away, buy a new one for the next year, and start buying food and fireworks for the New Year party. We should assume the same for the Mayan calender, except it is significantly, well, a LOT longer than ours. :P
In short, 2012 is just another overhyped theory of doom/cash cow...2012 is going to be like any other year, and if the date of 21/12/2012 is anything to go by, we're still going to have a few days left for Christmas shopping too. :)

Steph, England, UK
August 18, 2009 8:22pm

THIS THING IS REALLY OUR MADE! WITHOUT OUR ABUSIVE HANDS TO THE MOTHER EARTH, THIS COULDN'T HAPPEN. BUT IF WE WOULD REGAIN THE EARTH'S CONDITION, THIS MIGHT NOT HAPPEN. AND ALSO REMEMBER THAT GOD SAID BEFORE THAT HE WOULD NOT ANYMORE RUIN THE WORLD WITH US, SUFFERING. HE MIGHT END OUR LIVES FOR DESTROYING THE WORLD BUT NOT BY MEANS OF CATASTROPHES LIKE TSUNAMIS, EARTHQUAKES AND THE LIKE BUT IT IS MORE PLEASANT IF WE WOULD JUST VANISH HERE ON EARTH!

REMEMBER, PRAY EVERYTIME TO LET THIS CASE NOT HAPPEN IN 2012!

NILE, PHILIPPINES
August 18, 2009 8:32pm

A couple of things Nile:

1. Jesus Christ said that the world is going to be flooded when he returns. Read Matthew 24:34-39 without your apologetics and you will see that Jesus will flood the world when he comes back.

2. You really think we are capable of destroying the world? The world is going to outlast humanity and all of its creations.

3. Prayer is literally the least you can do. It does not take any commitment of time and energy to pray. Furthermore, prayer is a selfish act: all it does is make you feel better that you did something. Instead of prayer, try writing letters, sign petitions, and go to protests to make sure the people in power that could destroy the world cannot do that any more. Do something other than pray to prevent the end of the world.

4. Do you realize that your preacher that is predicting the end at 2012 also said it was 2000 that the world is going to end, then they said 2002, then 2006. They also said 1988, 1842, 1666, 1293, 1000, 666, 500, 70 ad and pretty much any year divisible by 100.

Do you promise to come back to this site on January 1, 2013? If you have courage of your faith, you will not be afraid to make a promise like that.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
August 18, 2009 11:07pm

Common sense is the only way to let not happen this serious case and what do you think this common sense?For sure it was not Superman and the rest of the Justice league but GOD! He's the only one who knows our fate and WITH PRAYER, we could talk to Him to let us not worry about it(though He will not answer). For me, it is the best way we can do but be sure that it comes with our strongest and deepest faith. Thank you for understanding my opinion. Is it hard to pray to God?

Nile, Philippines
August 19, 2009 5:48am

Heh, Common sense is Definitely not found in faith. Faith pulls away from common sense letting you believe anything. Bible stuff is fake, someone wrote it, Who says he didn't modify it to how he saw what was fit? Maybe the bible was supposed to be a killer novel written in tiny chapters?

BTW--Humanity will end by Nuclear War. Its Inevitable. One country will be POed at another and will decide to attack with whatever Nukes they got. The highest possibility is Russians and US. I believe a president will stick his or her super long american nose where it don't belong and get it cut off.

BTW2- I have no problem with most americans, but your presidents don't always have the greatest decisions... Why did you elect Bush #2?

Bael Blackheart, Sarnia, ON
August 19, 2009 10:24pm

That's a good one but if you really doubt all the writings in the Bible, I respect your belief.
Till now, there are so many things that confuses me on how the ending of our lives would be: the judgement, some sort of terrible catastrophe, invasion of aliens and so on. But this time, the only thing I think I could do is to pray. If you think praying is too selfish enough, I respect your opinion . In our country, we are raised to be prayerful not only to ask for mercy or miracle but also to give thanks to the Lord. If praying was the only thing I think I could do, I will not pray to beg for mercy about Apocalypse but to pray to give thanks for letting me see the world like this. Ah..what a lovely world

Anonymous, Philippines
August 20, 2009 3:22am

I love how you take the weakest position, Nile. God knows everything.

If your magic man already knows the fate of the world, then there is no point in prayer anyway. It is already preordained and no amount of prayer will change that mind of your cosmic bully.

Also, I am very happy that you evoked the name of the Justice League in the same sentence you evoked your god because that is exactly what your god is. Your God is a fictional character. He only exists in a book of fairy tales and has exactly you

By the way, Anonymous Philippines, does it make you feel better praying to your fictional man in the sky? Does prayer do anything else other than making you feel good? If it does, then it is not an opinion that prayer is selfish. It is an assertion that you proved correctly.

And for both of you, I have read the Bible. Every single word of it. I know more about it than you do. I do not read carefully selected stories from it and have a misguided view of your faith. I read the entire book and could tell you stories from that book you never read.

I love how the both of you avoided the fact that I quoted Jesus about the flooding of the world without even mentioning it once.

Matthew 24: 34-39 if you weren't paying attention. Right there he says everything will be exactly like the Noah story when he returns. It also means the flooding as well.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
August 20, 2009 10:15am

all i have to say on this topic is: "i lived through the end of the world at the millenium (2000 AD), and ill live through 2012, evolution happens but not cataclysmically"!!

shel, swansea uk
August 20, 2009 4:51pm

Do not forget the apocalypse of 03 when planet x was supposed to come here and destroy the world. Also, there is the apocalypse of 2006, remember June 6, 2006 was when the end of the world was supposed to happen to some religious people.

Then the atomic baby was supposed to do something in 2007. This cult in American thought the end of the world was supposed to happen when a child reached the age of 35.

Pick a year and a date and you will likely find an apocalypse.

Joseph Furguson, Brawley, Ca
August 21, 2009 9:48am

finally, a guy making sense! dude you are beyond right, and i hope everyone reads stuff like this. the only thing happining that year is that there is yet another pirates of the caribbean coming out, and maybe the third transformers..... hey, if they bomb, maybe that is the catyclysim!!! lol omega level.
this whole thing is jsut as you say. a load of loosely stitched shit and poeple are just stitching them together, from bullshit stories and prophecies (not meaning to dis religion, but they are beyond vague), made up climate disasters, comparisons to the economy (let's face it, the economy sucks, but that is not even close to the end of civilization, only the making it shitty), and things that sound like repeats of the old 2000 crap. sigh, this is just annoying. 2013 will come along, without a hiccup, and we will have thousands of people exposed as full fledged idiots. the only reason why i am even looking up such things is the final acts of proving to myself that this is a huge hoax. got suckered in i am finally getting out.
thanks for posting this. and more so, let everyone come to these sensible little places where truth is told and no one is feeding off of stupid speculations.

anonymous, Lima/Ohio
August 23, 2009 8:34pm

Just wanted to remind everyone.. The Bible says that no man will know as to what day or hour the earth will end. Not even the angels in Heaven will know.. Hints the "NO MAN" part.. So why they want to scare everyone I dont know. Nasa has all of the intellegents so if the end of time was comeing. Its within our nature to save ourselfs. So I would think that NASA or the NSA would have enough commen since to be telling us as soon as they knew that we were going to be hit by an astroid or a solar flare. But then again its all about politics...so who knows. I think I will trust what the Bible says.. and the man that wrote this. He seems like he might know what hes talking about. Considering That "No Man will know when the end of time is surpossed to be here....

shawneai, tn.
August 24, 2009 7:23pm

I dont think we need to worry about the world ending in 2012,,we need to worry about whether or not we can make it to work first of all these days with the price of gas going up and up...
its amazing how many people have nothing better to do,,then to worry about make beleive stories,, if they want to make stuff up like that,,maybe write a new fairy tale,, disney hasint come out with a good one in years....lmao...hehehe..

Tawana, Ontario
August 25, 2009 6:37pm

It's great that you don't believe the 2012 nonsense but the Bible has no better claim to authenticity than this story does.

Craig, Washington DC
August 26, 2009 9:58am

i'm a firm beliver in gog and i don't think he would put us through that..and what about the people who just had kids they are only gonna be 3 then, i think maybe all that will happen is what we are going through right now! climate changes and the nomal storms that mother nature produses, plus no one knows when the world will end except the lord so, i guess people should just live in the here and now and stop worring..cause like i said i don't think there is anything to worry about..i hope nothing does happen, because i wan't to finish my life. i want to finish college, find a boyfriend, get married and have kids..and watch them grow up without worring the something bad is gonna happen to them..i'm not trying to be greedy but i'm only 20 so that means i'll be almost 23 by then so i really hope things get better between no and then...and it's not real..i'm mean i have done reasearch after reserach and all i'm going is scareing myself..that's all i do is sit and wonder well if this happens then i wont get to do this, and what if this happens or omg is this really gonna happen...sometimes i bearly think about and sometimes i sit and wonder and think about it over and over in my head till i start freaking out and think i need a doctor or a thearipist...i think to i tend to sit and think or dwell on things way much even small things like money or where is mr right...am i fat or why is the grass green..again hopefully nothing to serious will happen, so we can live our lifes.no fear

katie, winston salem,nc
August 27, 2009 10:21pm

I wonder, katie, what Magog thinks about this.

Marius vanderLubbe, Nullabour Plain, Australia
August 28, 2009 7:10am

Ok, once again, none of this is real. There are no 2012 prophesies. There are no predictions by the Mayans about the end of the world at the end of the Long Count Calendar. Most Mayan scholars don't think the Long Count Calendar ends in 2012 anyway. All the claims about a 10th planet from Sumerian texts are based on an incorrect translation of Cuneiform texts by a man with no credentials in translating that language. Even if either of these two civilizations had made such a prediction there's no reason to think they got it right. Neither did a particularly good job of predicting their own demise. Why would we think they got this right when they couldn't predict their own future?

Craig, Washington DC
August 28, 2009 1:27pm

Well i agree with most people. im only 15 and will be 18 in 2012. that would be an early ending... but you have to admit, if they were predicting the end of the world.......why didn't they see the spanish comeing? come on i learned about that in like 8th grade... and we all act like there is no God? no one that hears us,watches over us,and protects us? i'll be honest.. i am a little scared though.. there will be changes? right? maybe? lol crossin my fingers and Jesus got my back.......

Mac, Woodsfield OH
August 28, 2009 8:50pm

No, really no one has your back. If there were a higher power that answers prayers than prayer studies out there would suggest that prayers has an impact on outcomes. It does not. Prayer has been demonstrated to have no impact on patient outcomes. Other studies on other topics show the same result. Jesus does not have your back.

Everything you think you know about someone who may have been called Jesus is wrong. You like most Christians study the Bible but you don't spend time studying how the Bible came about. Even if some texts were divinely inspired it's pretty clear from reading the over 6000 known Greek manuscripts that this god had zero control over the editorial process. If you're gong to be free some superstition, be free from all superstition.

Craig, Washington DC
August 29, 2009 12:17am

there is an asteroid heading this way.nasa intend to annouce it in jan 2010.it is real.my freind works for gchq in england he told me 3 years ago.thge worlds goverments are putting into place a plan you should be scared very scared.it mite not be the end of us but there gonna use it as an excuse to lock us down

nik, london /uk
August 30, 2009 8:56am

nik, get a life!

Alex, Harstad / Norway
August 30, 2009 10:41am

Mac, Pay no attention to Craig. God does have your back as long as you are in line with him. Prayer does work as I have witnessed him answer in my life and confirm through others without them knowing what I have prayed for. God doesn't always answer the way you want, or in the timeline you may have set. Pray for his will, and be patient in receiving an answer. Sometimes it's not that he doesn't answer, sometimes it's that we don't want to accept his answer or we have forgotten how to listen. As for 2012... NO ONE knows the time or the day, except God himself. Stay true to your beliefs and don't let anyone deceive you into believing something other than what your heart tells you is true.

Brian, Tampa, Fl
August 30, 2009 12:55pm

Brian, why do you christians have to believe that you're so special? Do you personally think that you are better than us "non believers"? If there has been a god for all eternity, why don't just show his face? Communicate with people, like people? And don't give me that BS about "God works in mysterious ways", because that's a pile of crap. I mean, why believe in something that has never been proved, in any way whatsoever...?

Alex, Harstad / Norway
August 30, 2009 2:57pm

ok, i really enjoyed this blog, the author is correct, there is no basis supporting any doomsday theory, however, if the pessimists need for food for thought, consider Al Gore's Inconvenient Truth - i.e/ the hockey puck graph of oil consumption, we will produce our own demise before any asteroid does. Besides, NASA would know years in advance if any planetary collisions would occur, it is a matter of simple arithmetic.

John, miami
August 30, 2009 8:10pm

HMMM. LETS THINK LOGICALLY FOR A MINUTE. IF THE END OF THE WORLD WAS GOING TO HAPPEN SO SOON SCIENTISTS WOULD BE ABLE TO PREDICT IT. THERE IS NO CHANCE THAT THE END OF THE WORLD WILL HAPPEN IN 2012.

Thomas, london
August 31, 2009 8:51am

Hey congrats!

I couldn't have said it better! I liked the way you presented your arguments and I am in agreement with them 100% Keep up the good work! and thanks for bringing some sense into this world.

Diane, Marieville (Québec) Canada
August 31, 2009 9:20am

I find it hopelessly irresponsible for someone to delude another person into thinking some mystical being is looking out for them. There is no evidence of such a being existing let alone interceding in the world. It's like telling a trapeze artists there's a net when there isn't.

You're not special. There is no supernatural being with whom you are making a psychic connection. You have not witnessed a god, you've witnessed the law of large numbers.

You would think that in the 21st Century we would not longer need fairy stories to get to sleep.

Craig, Washington DC
August 31, 2009 12:34pm

Amen!

Alex, Harstad / Norway
August 31, 2009 1:15pm

i dont believe anything special will happen in 2012.....but if it were going to happen could we trust the government to tell us?.......just ask the indians if can trust the government

doug, st louis
August 31, 2009 10:27pm

You don't have to trust the US or any government. Anyone with a telescope could see if a planet no one has ever seen before was coming toward the earth. You can't make the night sky a secret.

Craig, Washington DC
September 01, 2009 10:04am

Dang! I was planning on taking out huge Mafia loans and spending the first three weeks of December 2012 boozing and whoring like Steve Buscemi in Armageddon.

Looks like I'll have to rethink that.

Jon, Virginia
September 02, 2009 8:41am

Keep it up with your good work, Ladies and Gents their's no more time to wast Jesus is coming infact he's now nocking on our doors.

Fanele Mncube, South Africa
September 03, 2009 12:27am

Jesus is coming, huh?

I wouldn't count on it...

Alex, Harstad / Norway
September 03, 2009 8:57am

I was just wondering, I've read alot about this and the more i read the more i start to think that there isn't going to be an end to the world, more of a beginning of a better world, a far more gathered world, a world with peace, both with the nature and our collective consiouness. And yes, I do believe there is a somewhat collective consiousness in mankind, and i all other living beings. I mean, im not saying a plant is alive as you and I, but it still does what it knows it should, and excatly the same everytime. And i believe that if we didn't have all the luxury of today we would have survived, and flourished. We would have become one with nature and nature would've provided us with what we needed. But we couldn't reach enlightment without temptation, which is what we are living in right now. Money is nothing but paper, but still has so much value? Why? Cause we say it has?
And im not saying that you should throw out the TV, im saying that you don't really need it to be happy. And i believe that when the planets alligne as they should (just read a little, you'll find what i mean) we will be able to reach enlightment, and bring forth a utopia in a mix of old believes and new technology. That means, no need to throw out the TV, but I believe that when having reacht enlightment you won't wanna watch TV. Now before you start bashing, haven't you ever felt that "touch of nature" that feels so good? Why can't that be real? Mayas lived WITH mother nature, not of it.

Leo, Sweden
September 03, 2009 7:35pm

Leo, I share your compassion for saving the earth, and all of it's people. But the world is filled up by criminals, terrorist, child rapers etc etc, so I can't really see this happening in our life time. And what you say about money, and that it's not worth anything, you're absolutely right, and I wish people could see that. After all, money is the reason for a lot of crime going on. But we kinda need them, I mean, should everyone start growing vegetables and fruits in their own garden, and stop going to the store for food? Sounds like this won't happen at all, because people won't give up what they have. And I really doubt they will in the future...

Alex, Harstad / Norway
September 04, 2009 4:51am

Makes along with a lot of faked articles in Wikipedia and a bunch of websites created in the summer of 2009 for a lot of publicity to drum up attendance for the upcomming movie 2012. Its Sunday morning and the History Channel has seemed to sell out its integrity (if it ever had it) by looping a phony look at 2012 prophecies . I suspect its all part of a marketing campaign and some one should alert the Wikipedia editors

Mikec, NYC
September 05, 2009 10:27pm

I do belive the world is going to end. But god is coming and he is going to pick up the dead and the living and chose the ones that are going whit him to his kindom. theirs one thing todo is to be raedy.

jose rivera, deming nw mexico
September 06, 2009 11:33am

it is not gonna happen it not true at all no way

lolly, australia
September 06, 2009 11:47pm

stop worring about the future and accept jesus in ur hEART so u can be saved and have eternal life but not on this earth. this is the best thing to prevent the so called end of days in 2012!

alljon, compton
September 07, 2009 11:13am

thank you for posting this, you have changed how ive felt about the apocalypse 2012 theory! :D

haley, dalton
September 07, 2009 5:52pm

I find it most disheartening to see the extant that people will go to 'prove' their mystical belief. A friend (who trusts my scientific and logical acumen [not a scientist, but a well-read science fan]) asked me about the scientific basis for this rumor. My answer is that there is no basis at all and that all the 'proofs' he's seen are as scientific as astrology (a term he often uses when he means astronomy) and phlogiston.

brian, plymouth,nh
September 08, 2009 11:48am

I believe the world is giong to end when it ends. How do we know that the world is going end just because a calendar ends on that day,and the mayans never said "this is the day the world will end". When I fisrt heard about I got scared but after thinking about it and reading this article it made me change my opinion, its ashame how many people are trying to make a dollar off of this date

aleccia sutton, fountain,colorado
September 08, 2009 6:27pm

Nothing is going to happen its all these churchies going on about the rapture there is no god when well ppl open there eyes honestly nothing will happen ok stop worry and start praparing for 2012........ new years eve cuz its guna happen

A kydd, Horsham vic
September 08, 2009 7:51pm

I have been terrifed over all this 2012 stuff! i do belive that the world is going to end, i have also got some signs from god about 9/11, am i crazy? my friends think i am!

Michelle, Ireland
September 09, 2009 4:16am

Mr. Dunning,

What you willfully misunderstand is that while the Sacred Calendar does not prima facie guarantee the destruction of the Earth, a study of the ancient texts shows that it is inevitable.

Read the Dresden Codex. All the things that the Dresden Codex have predicted have come to pass - the virtual destruction of the Maya in 1524 (Spanish Conquest), the reawakening of the Maya in 1821 (Mexican Independence), and the beginnings of their rise to power in 1994 (Zapatista Revolution).

We can't know the future, but
the Sacred Texts (the Dresden Codex and Grolier Codex, best read In the original Mayan - the translations are very problematic) state that the when the Mayan Priests once again rule over all the ancient sites, they will invoke Chac (the God of Agriculture), and that Chac will "close the portal of time".

The Madrid Codex describes how the "portal of time" is the physical concept that the past proceeds the future. When the "portal of time" closes there will be no past or future.

I don't think anyone has an ability to imagine the reality of this. Cause and effect disappear. When it happens, we will all have undergone such a traumatic change in our perception that "the end of the Earth" would seem trivial.

The Paris Codex has several pages describing (admittedly in very difficult language) the destruction of the Earth at the hands of Chac at the end of the 13th baktun. (21 Dec 2009) with the help of Ah-Puch, the god of death.

Julio Lopez, London
September 09, 2009 3:28pm

I think that maybe the Mayans were right. The whole thing about "The End of the World," is kind of convincing that it will happen b/c there are many weird things going on with the weather. There's the fact the we have had a lot of different natural disasters going on. I really think that this whole thing about the 2012 stuff may or may not happen...its just that we don't know for sure, but what if it does happen...are you ready for it, or will everyone say that it is not true and the human race becomes extinct... I think it is best to be prepared b/c you do not know where this is headed and it could turn at anytime...!

Shelly, Canada
September 09, 2009 3:43pm

Really, they all came true? What specifically does it say about those events? Is there consensus among people who can read ancient Mayan gliphs as to what it says? Does it say that people from Spain will arrive on this date or is it some vague mystical prophecy interpreted with the benefit of hindsight?

Sacred Mayan Wisdom usually involved someone dying screaming (or many people). They believed that if you cut someone's heart out or if men and boys put cuts on their penises gods would make crops grow and rain fall. Before we get to enamored with the wisdom of the ancients we should probably remember what a brutal affair ancient wisdom actually was.

Craig, Washington DC
September 10, 2009 12:24am

I'd like to point out that if the world ends in 2012, then we will probably all get smooshed in some way or other, and preparing for after the end of the world doesn't seem very useful ;)

Nick, Perth, Australia
September 11, 2009 9:56am

What if all these people would invest 1/1000th of their doomed time to make a difference in the community they live in,ie, volounteer,anything useful?Imagine what that would be like??

Doomer, lala land
September 13, 2009 9:58pm

I would actually have to disagree with you. I do believe the world is coming to an end soon. Although, I am a Christian the bible says there will be signs. It also says no one man will know. So I dont believe in what the Mayans said. So I guess we will all have to just wait and see.

Shanita, Omaha
September 15, 2009 6:57am

That's just more fairy stories. It's amazing to me how so many people can rightly dismiss this nonsense and not recognize the nonsense in their own beliefs.

Craig, Washington DC
September 15, 2009 10:43am

In my opinion, the bible is a manipulated, cut & pasted version of whatever is left of historical documentations recording events that seemed miraculous because were misunderstood during an era when people lacked the resources to have a better understanding of the universe.

Whoever made the existing version of the bible omitted most of it, rearranged the stories in verses and chapters telling a whole other religious story. It's easy to miss the truth when someone puts all the information in a formatted story for you. It's easy to be told what to believe and such laziness also breeds the attitude of "...we will all just wait and see", which is the typical attitude of the modern-day bible believer.

Aurora, City of Angels
September 15, 2009 1:34pm

i don't think people should be able to say things like ' it's going to be the end of the world' unless there is real proof that can't be denied, it is a scary thaught and can make some people worry ! who wants to live everyday thinking we are going to die tomorow?
if it happens it happens, you probly wouldn'nt know about it if it was going to happen anyway.

kelly lou, u.k
September 15, 2009 2:39pm

the most informative article on 2012 I've read yet!

Rob J., Middle of nowhere, utah, u.s.a.
September 15, 2009 10:44pm

You can't change what someone believes by posting a comment on a web blog when they have been "trained" in a certain belief system most of their coherent life. The Bible text is what it is and people interpret it in any fashion that they choose.

The "proof" that the Biblical God exists proposition just seems to be more of a provocation than anything else. Can anyone prove that there is no Biblical God? I don't think there is proof on either side of the debate.

The Big Bang created this time/space multiverse in which we reside contemplating our own existence. I'm no Stephen Hawking, but what created the mass that produced the Big Bang? A Black Hole that collapsed? I could live with that. But which came first, the chicken or the egg? Something had to CREATE the mass that exists in this universe.

Craig is right when he states that the Universe is huge but the amount of knowledge to be learned about the universe seems to be just as immense.

My point is that dismissing something that has not been disproved just makes no sense whatsoever...scientifically or spiritually.

Now I must put this comment back on topic:

2112 is just another day. Live it. Breathe it. Enjoy it, and the others that follow.

Dave, Cleveland, OH
September 16, 2009 7:45am

Dave,
No offense but you make some really wild claims there. Dismissing something for which there is absolutely no proof makes PERFECT sense, at least, scientifically it does. And as for your issue of 'where did the first mass come from?' - Sure, great question, science is still looking for the answer, but to say that something MUST have created it is utterly nonsensical. I mean, ok, well what created the Creator? And if you say "Oh well He could've always been around because he's infitine and unbound by time (whatever that even means!)," great! - say the same thing about the universe without invoking the need for a god. Saying that there is no proof against something does not somehow validate that opinion. If i tell you I have a unicorn in my yard, you can't disprove that...but that doesn't mean it deserves any serious consideration.

Tony, New York
September 17, 2009 8:29pm

Tony,

I never stated that proof against something somehow validates the opinion. Where I obviously made my mistake was that I failed to include the word "possibility" in the sentence that you so quickly reprimand me about. My comment actually has nothing to do with a god, the big bang theory, or even unicorns. The mistake you made is your presupposition of my alignment with either side of the debate.

Tony> "And if you say "Oh well He could've always been around because he's infitine and unbound by time (whatever that even means!)," great! - say the same thing about the universe without invoking the need for a god."

I never said anything of the sort, and never would because there is no possible way to prove or disprove it with the current science or by any other means, but that has no bearing on the possibility of it. The same goes for the Big Bang. So, if the statement you made about "dismissing something for which there is absolutely no proof makes PERFECT sense, at least, scientifically it does." does that mean you dismiss the big bang theory or any other "scientific theory" that can not be proved or disproved?

Saying "Something had to CREATE the mass that exists in this universe." is not such a wild claim, is it? Things don't just pop into reality as far as we know.

What is nonsensical is to think you have all of the answers and to dismiss possibility because it goes against the grain of your current belief.

Dave, Cleveland, OH
September 19, 2009 11:03am

i really dont know much about the world ending in 2012 i just hope its not... it wouldnt be fair i dont even have a baby yet... or a career, or a house, my purpose is it would be real messed up if i did happen... but i must admit all these assumptions have made me wanna turn my life around and start doing the right thing

Blacc GIrl, Antioch CA
September 20, 2009 4:54pm

It is a virtual scientific certainty that for some people the world will indeed end on Dec 21, 2012. And though the date may be different for most of us, the world will end for us too on (arguably) the most significant date in our lives.
I think the source of all previous and future "end of days" predictions is the fact that it is inconceivable to almost everyone that the world can go on when we as individuals do not...

Donald, San Rafael, CA
September 20, 2009 10:04pm

...whaa???....???

David, Atlanta GA
September 21, 2009 1:19pm

what the proof that everything that told by mayan is true?does they can predict future..nobody know what happen in future.even what going to happen tomorrow,they will never know.if they knowwhat going to happen tomorrow,they will leading us with future technology rite now.but everyone know,technology evolve with study...regard

jamal baik, malaysia
September 21, 2009 9:24pm

I know for SURE that the world ain't gonna come to an end on 2012. The world won't end before the revelation of "Gog Magog", "Dazzaal", and the resurrection of Jesus.

Numayer Shuvo, Dhaka, Bangladesh
September 22, 2009 8:58am

i really hope that 2012 is just another bogus thing like the 1999-2000 fieasco, my life is just begining and i don't want it to end i have only lived 21 years of it and have much more to enjoy and do... best of luck to everyone

samantha, claresholm
September 22, 2009 4:26pm

I really hope that 2012 is just another bogus thing like the 1999-2000 fieasco, my life is just begining and i don't want it to end i have only lived 23 years of it and have much more to enjoy and do an raise my beautiful 2 kids :)... best of luck to everyone...All we can do is live right with the man upstairs an wait.

Holly, Texas
September 24, 2009 3:08am

I think that maybe the Mayans just died or something before they could finish the calendar.. I don't think they were really predicting that thats when the world will end.. but it eventually will. colud be next year, next month, next week, or even tomorrow. nobody knows or will ever know untill it happens.

Savannah Veitch, Brownsboro, Texas, US
September 24, 2009 11:08am

In my opinion people should start thinking rationally about things and ignore the mass hysteria out there that has done nothing good for us all. If the sun will explode then the solar system will be destroyed along with us! Otherwise I don't predict anything horrific happening just yet and the possibility of a another world war is more likely to happen than anything else at the moment! Perhaps everyone should learn something from this and start treating every living thing with respect!

Marie, Vancouver
September 24, 2009 1:59pm

i am a from yucatan, Mexico. I am from Mexico. i speak maya and i know that there are scrolls which the world which do not know but the "maya" yucatecan people have. I do know that there are more things which you guy do not know. If you want to know about it . you first need to learn a lot of MATH AND GEOMETRY AND SOME MAYA and then go to Yucatan mexico to research. There are a lot which people can learn from the people from YUCATAN

agustin lavadores, U.S.A.
September 24, 2009 11:11pm

You are totally one hundred percent correct about learning from the Mayan. Of course one of the things you won't learn anything about is the end of the world.

Craig, Washington DC
September 25, 2009 10:47am

I just assumed it was all the Mayans who were going to die in 2012.

After all, it's "their" calender.

Ed, New Jersey
September 25, 2009 11:46am

This is just a final warning to everyone. Nobody knows when it will come, just like a thief in the night. So give away all your wealth to the needy and start praying, for when it comes nobody would escape except those who believed in GOD and who has loved his creation and has helped sustain it. Those war mongers, killers and creators of world miseries would have to go, only the pure righteous ones would remain. So no need to worry if you have been doing good to the good earth and its inhabitants. LOVE THE WORLD AND STOP DESTROYING ANYTHING THAT LIVES IN IT, TO THE RICH, SPEND EVERY SINGLE PENNY THAT YOU HAVE EARNED IN HELPING THOSE WHO NEED IT. Amen.

msjudge, malaysia
September 25, 2009 9:39pm

Brian...Word!

Tell it like it is, brother.

The one thing we can be universally sure of is that the vast majority of people are idiots, religion is a way to control idiots, and idiots rule. I will go outside on the morning of Decmeber 21, 2012 (just like I did on January 1, 2000) and yell "We're still here!"...Idiots!

TR, Ft Collins, CO
September 26, 2009 7:26pm

I 100% agree with what this document says!!! there has been way to many other predicitions that did not come true and ya sure there are some that have but if you make a million predicitions you are of course going to get a few right! We just dont know of or remember the ones that didnt happen, we just remember the ones that they got lucky and got right! I highly doubt that the mayans knew anything about astrology or at a minimum they knew not 1/1000th of what we know today. And yes their calander did end on Dec 21 2012, but like the gentleman said how do you make a calender that is infinite? you can't! So dont believe the hype, this is not to say that we are not going to kill this planet on our own if we do not do something about it in the very near future, but as far as D Day coming in a couple years, i would bet the bank on it that it doesn't!!! amd if im wrong.... oh well good luck collecting cause we will all be dead!!

Kortny, chatham, Onatrio Canada
September 26, 2009 9:49pm

This is simply put, no one can predict the end of time. Jesus will come at surprise to everyone. Anyone who can not accept that Jesus is in fact our lord and savior and that he died and rose 3 days later.. well i believe them to be foolish.

Believer, God's land.
September 27, 2009 5:30pm

65 million years ago there was a significant mas extinction event on this planet. Back in the Permina a similar thing happened.
How strange to believe that somehow these events have anything to do with humans. When the 'end of days' comes, it will have a lot more to do with the extinction of the Sun than Jesus Christ and his friends arriving in a golden chariot. Of course, if religious nutjobs want to give me all their belonging, I'll organise a big barbeque for a hot day in December.

Michael McBain, Melbourne, Australia
September 27, 2009 7:34pm

The only person who knows the end of the world is Jesus. In the Bible there is nothing written what time God will come. No one knows......

God's believer, Promised Land
September 28, 2009 4:29am

I agree with ( God's beleiver)!

As the Bible says time after time

in the New Testament that ONLY JESUS THE SON oF GOD knows the Time and the Hour, not even the Angels in Heaven.

Iam not worried about the predictions of Eastern or Shaman culture/ religion.
Am a Christian and am waiting for the return of Jesus, and NOT 2012.
And only God knows the Time and hour of HIS Coming!!
Am not alarmed for galtic cycle but yeah am alert for my GOD.

Malini, Melbourne
September 28, 2009 5:05am

Good article. I will continue to base my decisions upon information based in reality and not fear mongering by the end of the world crowd. My risk assessment of the 2012 end of days is very, very low (can you say zero!). The bible story of the Rapture falls in the same category: the world will end sometime and no one knows it but God - and he ain't telling. Well no surprise there - because it was written by someone in the past with a belief system based on nothing more than needing to grab people's attention and sell them their story. I cannot fail to think of Monty Python's "The Life of Brian" and the 'follow the gourd/shoe/etc' skit everytime I hear these items. For those waiting for the 'End', get use to waiting because you have a lot more to go.

Brian, St. John's, NL, canada
September 28, 2009 8:37am

I just have this to say, I am a Believer in the Almighty God. If I am wrong, oh well I haven't really lost much. My body will decompose and there will be nothinbg left, the end. However, if I am correct and there is a Heaven and a Hell, I will be in Paradise for etenity & where will you be? Beside me I hope. Sure it's sometimes hard to believe, that's why my God says I only need a little faith. As for the end of the world, could be in an hour could be 100 years from now, who knows? Only my God. "Faith is something you believe in even when common sense tells you not to." Not sure who said that but it is one of my favorite quotes.

Christina, Pittsburgh, PA USA
September 28, 2009 4:50pm

@ God's Believer & Malini

In the New Testament Jesus say that the father ("god") knows the time but that the son (jesus) does not have that knowledge, only the father. Of coursehow that makes any sense when you add in the doctrine of the trinity and the idea of a triune god

@ Christina

The Pascal's Warger isn't a very convincing argument at all since it fails to account for any of the hundreds, if not thousands of other "gods" that humanity has worshiped in the past and to this very day. What good would Pascal's Wager have done if a cristian were to die and instead of either non-existence or or the christian concept of heavan he found himself face to face with an angry Zeus or Mithras?

J. Nicholas Hudson, Salisbury, MD
September 28, 2009 7:43pm

Don't believe on that..Only Allah knows when it's going to happen cause his the one who decide it..Pray to God and hope this is not going to happen..

Azriq, Singapore
September 28, 2009 8:22pm

I'll take my chances. There is no way for you to convince me of anything other than what the Bible says. It's what I believe. God will not force himself on anyone(free will)and neither will I try to force you to believe as I do. If you want to worry yourself to death over the end of the world being on 12/21/2012 so be it. I'm just stating on here why I am not worried.

Christina, Pittsburgh, PA USA
September 28, 2009 8:22pm

What a load of crap. The Bible is just a book full stories, made up by a bunch of wacked up people. And the only reason you believe them is because your parents do...

Alex, Harstad, Norway
September 28, 2009 10:48pm

Like I said before...if I am wrong, I'm not out anything, I've had a good life, I'm dead, the end. BUT if I am right, then you my friend are screwed.
So it does me no harm to believe in a higher power. It also gives me comfort, when a bunch of people running around thinking the world will end on 12-21-2012, to know that my God is in charge and whatever is going to happen is his will.

Christina, Pittsburgh, PA USA
September 29, 2009 10:39am

i just want to be on record

October 26th 2009

less then a month away,,

watch out for the Russians....

DW

darr wolff, tacoma
September 29, 2009 3:07pm

OK, we'll watch out for the Russians. What exactly are we watching out for?

Stephan, Chicago, IL
September 29, 2009 3:31pm

Did you guys even read this article?

Jack, Soverommet, Bergen, Norway
September 29, 2009 5:59pm

If the end of the world is supposed to happen, why didn't it happen on June 6th, 2006 aka 06/06/06??? What a bunch of bull. I'm going to be partying with my family when we roll over to 2013 without this. I went through a depression when I heard about this. I now know it's nothing to worry about.

Alexis, Hollywood, FL
September 30, 2009 5:03pm

It's really sad that there are so many people out there worrying that the world is ending. Live your life one day at a time. Enjoy every moment that you have while your here. People have been trying to predict the end of the world for thousands of years and they have been wrong for thousands of years. It's just stupid!
Oh and just for the record I still believe in what the Bible says. NO ONE knows when the world will end but God.

Christina, Pittsburgh, PA USA
September 30, 2009 6:24pm

Watch out for October 1 , 09 through Nov. 7 2012 . The Hussein Obama & the Liberal Democrats are SELLING out America to foreign Interest and BLEEDING THE COUNTRY DRY !

John, Springfield,MO
October 01, 2009 6:32am

THERE IS NO GOD!

Alex, Harstad, Norway
October 01, 2009 9:35am

YES THERE IS! And anyway this article isn't even about that, it's about 12/21/2012. Do you think the world will end then? What's your opinion on the subject?
P.S. I will pray for you. You are commiting a terrible sin by saying that God doesn't exist.

Christina, Pittsburgh, PA USA
October 01, 2009 9:46am

I believe all this 2012-talk is a bunch of mojo made up by some bored teenagers who had nothing better to do. I've survived a lot of these before, and I'm only 25 years old, so I don't take this to seriously.

P.S. Do not pray for me. I will not be included in this magical world with heaven or hell, god or satan. Do you really believe in a world where we have to say thank you for everything to a higher power (that's never been proved)? We're in 2009 now, you would really think we don't need these stories to feel safe anymore...

Alex, Harstad, Norway
October 01, 2009 10:26am

Life is too fragile and too short to waste time trying to figure out when the world is going to end. Everybody everywhere will be dead sooner or later. None of us are going to live forever. So, instead of waiting to die, or worrying about death, focus on living through the many and often random or unexpected events in life that each new day brings.

Erroll, Philadelphia, PA, USA
October 01, 2009 8:55pm

I love all these endtime promoters, theorists, crackpots, and new agers! What a boring planet we'd have without them. We need even more of them, so let's patronize their work and keep them in business. Besides, there's going to be a bumper crop of great movies to watch for the next few years. And did you hear about the alien base discovered on the far side of the moon? I understand that in 2014 they'll be receiving instructions from the star we call REGOR which will determine the ultimate fate of earth. Sooo, why don't you all just send your money to me immediately? You won't need it anyway

Rich, Grand Rapids, MI
October 02, 2009 12:02am

2012 will happen, it is an astronomical event that will cgange our current orbit and magnetic polarity. Ask any astronomer, they will confirm that by 12/21/2012 certain planets in conjunction with the milkyway's black hole will gravitize our planet enough to make significant changes in our relationship with the moon and other neighboring planets. Thus forever changing life as we know it.

big D, Chicago, Il
October 02, 2009 10:32am

Excellent article. I've never understood how the Jehovah's Witnesses are able to stay in business after being wrong about the date of the universe's demise so many times. You would think after the first six times people would be disillusioned and leave. Instead, they just pick another year. What good fortune it is to clergy that people do not think!

Bill, Brooklyn, NY
October 02, 2009 11:07am

Okay, Big D, I asked an astronomer.

When he stopped choking on his Coke and laughing wildly, he said that what you wrote is total nonsense.

Sorry.

Kathryn, Kuwait
October 02, 2009 1:13pm

So is 12/20/12 the the best day to buy stock?

Darryl, Arkansas
October 02, 2009 2:36pm

We should not be too harsh on Big D. He managed to get one thing right.
2012 will happen. Followed by 2013, 2014, 2015 etc.

Marius vanderLubbe, Nullabour Plain, Australia.
October 02, 2009 3:05pm

Yeah, where to start? If something happened at the center of our galaxy to impact gravity it would take about 30,000 years to feel it here. Gravity does not travel faster than light. There's no reason to think that anything will happen but for the sake of argument, if it did we wouldn't feel it for a really, really long time.

Craig, Washington DC
October 03, 2009 10:34am

their is some sort of underlying conection that the universe grants to us possibly something after life but come on people the bible jesus its nice to have faith and belive in something but dont be sold out so fast belive in yourself self and do the most with the time you get and the thought of the end of the world isnt that scary its only as scary as you are scared of your own demise

sojourn, wpg/mb
October 03, 2009 1:32pm

I know this is a late entry but for anyone who's just discovered Skeptoid and is checking out old episodes here's an example of the type of people Brian is debunking!

Another piece of scum crawls out from under his stone. check out this scamming lowlife at:

http://www.2012officialcountdown.com/?hop=smartleon

Do these people have NO shame?

Obviously NOT.

Keep up the Good work, Skeptoid is my 11 yr old Son's favourite pod cast, he's heard them all multiple times.

Cheers

Meyrick

Meyrick Jones, Leicester UK
October 05, 2009 1:24am

I am glad to hear someone who is talking about 2012 that isnt foaming at the mouth about how we are all going to die.

thanks

John, Virginia USA
October 05, 2009 1:52pm

90% of the population can't think by themself and there's probably 0,1% of the other 10% that are jokers :)

Craig, in fact gravity does not travel, it affects spacetime. If you remove the sun from our solar system, earth will STILL go in straight line.

Nic, Quebec
October 05, 2009 2:00pm

I think we may die, it depends how much common sense you have, and that's that.

Megan & Autumn, New York
October 05, 2009 2:30pm

"Craig, in fact gravity does not travel, it affects spacetime. If you remove the sun from our solar system, earth will STILL go in straight line."
Nic, your right, the earth would go in a straight line, after about 8 minutes. Not even gravity move faster than light. The force of gravity is theoretically bound to "gravitons" who the normal laws of physics, such as the universal speed limit (the speed of light) still apply to. However, you are right that current theory holds that mass affects the spacetime giving the effect of gravity, the graviton theory states that the gravitons actually cause the spacetime curve. It's a heated discussion in the physics community. In any case, the force still can't be transmitted through space faster than light.

Now there's no reason to say that the gravitons from the center of the universe that will "kill" us aren't already on there way over to impact us in 2012, but the perfect galactic alignment already happened. And I'm still breathing. so lets face it. the galactic alignment theory is completely implausible.

zadjii, Earth
October 06, 2009 2:38pm

I read in a book called Ancient Inventions by Peter James and Nick Thope printed by Ballentine books in 1994 that they have on page 491 about the long count calender "the 'Long Count,' and with it the world, will end on December 24, 2011. Why is it a different date, and how did it come about? Please, someone tell me that?

Stephen A. Fletcher, Chesterton, Indiana
October 07, 2009 8:51am

Nothing will happen in 2012. Some people think they know what God thinks. I don't think this earth would ever come to an end. Population explosion is the only treat.

No rapture, no end of the earth. Life goes on.

Party Vumase, South Africa Manguzi
October 07, 2009 1:27pm

how do you think the new movie 2012 is going to effect the public? Do you think people (kids) will panic?

Tracey, Pittsburgh, Pa
October 07, 2009 7:36pm

that movie sucked, and no!

Alex, Harstad, Norway
October 07, 2009 10:52pm

You never know.

M. T., Yorkton
October 08, 2009 6:55pm

Ronald Emmerich is a apathetic FOOL.

People that are vunerable and are mentally out of control could get pushed over the edge by this. Not to mention the cults that have and are forming over this.

Never before have i seen a preview for a movie 2 years before its release.

Never before have i seen a movie say "google it" (2012)

So basically Ronald knew that he was onto something special financially and he could exploit mans fear to profit.

After this day passes that man is going to have alot to answer for.

Stuballs, Melbourne
October 08, 2009 9:18pm

My thoughts on the end of the Mayan calender telling of the end are certainly not what the fear mongers want us to think. So they made a calender...Does anyone expect that they would go on and on forever with it? It just so happens that they decided they had written enough when they reached Dec 2012. They had to stop eventually or they would be writing a calender into infinity, yes? Just my take on it. No need for panic.:0)

Jeannette, Canada
October 09, 2009 7:03am

Its fucking ridiculous to even imagine end of world stuff,bt hey dont blame the movie,its pure entertainment,see it and leave it for the zombies to panic

Sudip, Calcutta
October 09, 2009 12:38pm

I'm a kid, and i'm scared. But this article made me feel slightly better :)

Gen, Melb
October 10, 2009 6:17am

No need to be scared, trust me. This is all just a bad joke, that has been developed a lot.

Alex, Harstad, Norway
October 10, 2009 11:56am

i believe.. when its time then its time.....all up to the guy above...god bless to all.

reza, bedok reservoir,singapore
October 12, 2009 8:22am

Getting ready to share with all my FB friends... started to stress about the whole 2012 thing after reading a ton about it today & this is making me feel MUCH better... maybe just because it's someone stating what I really want to believe... I don't know & don't care... just know it made me feel a lot better about the whole thing!
Still going to read more, but sharing this site for sure!

Robyn O., Fort Myers, FL
October 12, 2009 3:21pm

I have always thought that UFOs are from the future that came to their past which is now, and change our lives for good. because our future is the robots and technologies and our future are the ones who made UFOs to travel back in time to change their lives and future for good. wouldn't the dinosaurs die because of the last last apocalypse? every 25800 years, this catastrophe would strike again and again. planet X is nothing but a fear factor. what do you think?

malcom, New york city
October 12, 2009 9:47pm

Better be ready all the time... no one can really give accurate forecasts! as long as you keep on being good to others and to yourself, there is nothing to be afraid of even if end of the world is tomorrow.

Serggie Tabanao, Bedok North Ave 2, Singapore
October 13, 2009 7:35am

I think we need to be ready for what ever comes. Regardless of what is stated in this article, there are many signs pointing to the end of times in 2012. Prepare yourself religiously, prepare yourself for survival. Many think I'm nuts but I would rather be nuts in 2013 than unprepared in 2012.

Mike, Lake George,NY
October 13, 2009 11:49am

Well, there's a fine line between nuts, and prepared. Still, there's also a lot of proof that 2012 will be just as all the other years. There is no scientific proof, at least not available to us "non important", that we're all going to die in 2012. So I'm not panicing over this, because if we're going down, I'm going to enjoy these 3 years a head of us...

Alex, Harstad / Norway
October 13, 2009 12:07pm

I still think in 2012 it will be crazy from all of the people who are scared of the end of the world and want to live like never before. It'll be pretty f***ed up

Luke, odessa on
October 13, 2009 5:27pm

It will probably be like year 2000, when we were also suppose to die. That was kinda f***ed up, but it was fun when we proved those guys on the forums wrong. There was even this guy who apologized him self on youtube, for all his "you're gonna die in 2000" movies. I enjoyed that, and I can't wait until we prove these guys wrong. 3 years left guys!

Alex, Harstad / Norway
October 13, 2009 7:17pm

nothing happend in the year 2000 "ohh flying cars" - "World wide electric blackout" - "Computers will Cease to function!" - and afew other silly things.

2012 - is something to look forward to. if something happens, it probably wont be the end of the world. it will just be world altering or something like that. but i guess we have to wait and see!!!!!

LIVE LONG & PROSPER - From - Montreal, Canada

Antoine, Anikos, Montreal, Canada
October 14, 2009 5:40am

I think there's no difference between dying now, dying in 2012 or dying in the year 3000..we're all gonna die anyway. time is just an illusion.

Why make such a big fuss about 2012 and the end of the world?

Live each day to the fullest. And pray.

Paula, Singapore
October 14, 2009 10:33am

I WILL live each day to the fullest, the praying I can to without.

Alex, Harstad / Norway
October 14, 2009 7:47pm

I THINK THE 2012 THING IS ALL JUST A BIG LIE, LIKE HOW PEOPLE USE CHURCH TO SPREAD PROPAGNADA. PERSONALLY I DONT BELIEVE IN DAT KAK STORIE IF I DIE DEN LET IT HAPPEN IT WIL BE MY TIME THIS TWENTY TWELVVE THING IS A HUGE F***D UP THING TO F**K UP OUR MINDS

TUMI, BLOEMFONTEIN
October 15, 2009 3:47am

If you worry too much, you might not even make it to 2011.

Put all your trust in the Lord and leave all the worrying to Him!!!

Meanwhile, live each day as if it is your last.

Juvy Petilla, Manila Philippines
October 17, 2009 8:13pm

Fil sori 4 the guy that says he can do without prayer. He is ignorant en naked. Unprotecd

Man, Ndola
October 19, 2009 5:37am

2010 or tomorrow - the only thing certain is death. To the person who feels "sorry" for the man who doesn't pray - I feel sad for those who do. Life is too short to worship fictional characters.

Darwin, not Divine.

Mara, Canada
October 19, 2009 2:39pm

I won't feel sorry for those who doesnt believe in Him. I'll just pray for their souls.
Life is not short and will never be if you had live everyday to the fullest.

Summer, Athens
October 21, 2009 11:14pm

What's sad is that no one who believes in the 2012 nonsense is going to wake up Jan 1st 2013 with the slightest bit more skepticism. They'll rush to the supermarket to by a tabloid to find out what new nonsense they're supposed to believe.

Morgan, Tracy, CA
October 23, 2009 10:13am

I Believe That It's All In Gods Hands But When Me As A 13 Year Old Heard It I Was 7 years Old And It Terrorffys Me I Can't Help But To Realize That My Life Along With The Whole World Will Come To An End.....If You Can Try To Make Me Feel Better It's Getting Harder To Sleep....!!! Plllzz???

Ashley, Bannister, MI
October 25, 2009 7:35am

"I hade to scare him with the seven sighns of apocalyps to wake him so he could see ."

If you had been scaring him until he cried with stories of a boogieman, it would be seen for what is-psychological abuse.
Since it's cloaked in end-times bullshit, it gets a pass.

Why do we, as a supposedly modern society, continue to give harmful magical thinking a get out of jail free card?

Lewayne, Near Des Moines
October 25, 2009 10:47am

Jesus is coming. All should accept him and ask for forgivness. God is the Alpha and the Omega. For those off you that do not beleive, I pray that he touches your heart...John:3/16 For God so live the world that he gave his only begotton son, that who shall ever beleive in him, shall not parish but have ever lasting life. God bless each and every one of you.

Tim, Richburg, SC
October 25, 2009 10:22pm

My partner really believes in 2012 being 'The End'........good to read some grounded advice and I wont be wasting my time worrying about it! :-))

Kirsty, Birmingham, UK
October 26, 2009 3:09am

With the earth projected to move around its axis every 25,000yrs or so and christmas will be in Austraila., and with us being half way through that cycle now wouldn't that account for the changes in the poles. With the seasons rotating throung 180 degress then the polar cps would also rotate through 180 degrees meaning theat they will move around the circumfernece of the earth. This movement would cause a differential in the weather patterns, storms and increases in temperature. This is a natural cylce and coudl account for the ice ages that occured some 10,000 yrs ago - we are now going through the warming cycle. Climate warming or earth rotation either way it looks like the weather systems are going to be pretty wild over the next few years.

Clive, Manchester UK
October 26, 2009 3:54am

Nothing will happen, maybe the Mayan making the calendar died when he got to that date? Maybe something good will happen? Only way to know is live through it. Theres more than enough misery today and every day, theres no sense getting more anxiety over ANOTHER end of the world prediction

john, Manchester NH USA
October 26, 2009 9:21am

the world ain't coming to an end... people misunderstood and interpreted wrong.. in 2012 the mayan calendar period is finished and it will start again.. its a relegious thing started by the mayans, you can't change it.. but now people are saying that the world is coming to an end. god ends the world when he wishes to do it so.

alesso, london, uk
October 26, 2009 4:39pm

Another load of crap delivered by a bunch of people looking to profit from it....how many book and movies are out now about it? Maybe the guy making the calendar got tired and decided to end it there.

Rey, Chicago, IL
October 29, 2009 1:19pm

it's just a ploy for people to make money. there is no truth to it. but, if people do start believing this then it could happen

Bob, Bostob
October 29, 2009 10:28pm

I loved this article immensely.
Thank you.

Alexa, Wininpeg
October 29, 2009 11:41pm

End of world predictions have more to due with fear and control. Both on an individual basis and in religious and supernatural organizations.

Stephen Propatier, Providence RI
November 02, 2009 7:47am

welll, i've been a big believer that the world will end in 2012.. but, people have a point. what if the guy got tired & just stopped? or the calendar just stopped there, doesn't mean the world ends at that exact date. the world can end anytime it wants to..

nobody can predict the future.

Cheyenne Renee', thee portt, (:
November 02, 2009 10:19am

well im still in school and it kind of makes you believe that its gonna happen because all your friends talk about it. Even in school they make lessons now about the end of the world. But me i believe that the worlds gonna end when It End and i dont believe its gonna happen any time soon because what about the kids that where just born or the people that have goals for them selfs dont you think its kind of weird for the world to just end like that a catastrophe dead to all human being i dont thinks so. I guess we all gonna die when we really destroy this world like live it f*@#( up thats what i think but dont believe it

junoir sanchez, south central la
November 02, 2009 1:43pm

Thanks, it helped me see that it's pretty much all fake and its impossible in my opinion that it will happen. We will die when god decides we will die, not sooner.

Jeremy, Montreal
November 02, 2009 4:06pm

THERE IS GOD.... MORE THAN WHAT YOU CAN COMPREHEND.

SO WHY WORRY.... EVEN WHAT THAT 2012 IS POSSIBLE

jay Mm, Manila Philippines
November 03, 2009 11:33pm

No offence...but its bull****....only God will decide when is the end of the world.
Maybe people think they can speak to god....haha

Jassim Al-Jamali, Abu Dhabi/UAE
November 04, 2009 11:18am

Finally, some logical sense provided to the world!!!

Jonathan Matthews, Raleigh, NC
November 05, 2009 7:02pm

well.. i wouldnt be surprised if the world ends anytime soon, after finishing late from work last night all i could see was a mass amount of smoke caused by fire works which were being done in a firework display in a park just a mile from where i work. the amount of crap we throw in the air, how we screwed up gods world and the amount of sin and pain that has added up, maybe this is gods way of saying, improve yourselfs as you have a surprise round the corner. everyone pray that this doesnt happen and the only thing that ends is arrogance and evil.

sam kieran, birmingham
November 06, 2009 5:34am

People are always believeing stories like these. Alot of dates state that we're all going to die. But yet, I am still here.
Anyone can say the worlds going to end and im not going to believe it. The world will end when God says it will end.

T.Phauk, lowell,MA
November 07, 2009 5:18pm

its not true.. maybe.. there is a small info i have about 2012..
it says that the Virgin Mary had appeared in three children in FATIMA SPAIN.. she said that it will happen.
the earth will shake for 72 hours.. and there is only one thing to do PRAY TO GOD THAT YOU MAY BECOME SAFE.. BELIEVE ME OR NOT its true..

tsuy me, Philippines
November 08, 2009 3:42am

so lets all freak out about it and give up on everything, we were put here to live and grow not to run or give up...sence the begining of time they have been talking about the end of the world and why not no one has seen it or know's when its going to happend? live life and love the ones around you and continue to live because when it is the end its done.

brady, rockford,MI
November 08, 2009 10:36am

To be honest, i dont want the world to end. I have been waiting all my life for a world of possibilitys for us. Lets hope that the world doesnt end.

maria, california
November 08, 2009 11:12am

I HAVE DONE SOME RESEARCH AND DISCOVERED THAT THE SUN WILL BE EXTACTLY IN THE CENTER OF THE MILKYWAY. THE CENTERN OF THE MILKYWAY IS CALLED THE DARK RIFT. IF YOU GOOGLE IT YOU'LL FIND OUT SOME INTRESTING STUFF SUCH AS CROP CIRCLE'S WITH MAYAN SYMBOLS THRU OUT THE WORLD. MOST OF WHICH HAVE SYMBOLS OF THE DARK RIFT. THE MAYANS BELIEVE THAT THE SUN WILL BE IN A NEW CYCLE. THE MAYAN CALLED IT THE FLOWERING SUN. THE CURRENT SUN CYCLE IS CALLED THE SUN EARTH.I CAN WRITE ABOUT THIS SUBJECT ALL DAY BECAUSE I AM VERY INTRESTED WITH IT. IT'S JUST THERE NUMEROUS PREDICTIONS AND MOST OF THEM SOUND CONVICING. ANYWAY I'LL KEEP BUSY WITH THE RESEARCH.

BELIEVES, SAN JUAN
November 08, 2009 7:43pm

To some point in my life, I have been dreaming the future outcomes of life or new life or even death. My dreams fortell me these accurances. It may sound strange or unreal but to me, I believe because sometime or more these had really occured, like I was told, someone will be born, or someone will die...it depends on where the dream is taken place. Strange as it may sound, I had a dream not too long ago: I was in a house overlooking a valley, it was dusk, and below there was 12 mini-like sun sculptures, and 1 big one and suddenly I heard a voice, nobody else in my dream heard,but it sounded Wise and Loud, tell everyone, the end of the world is in February 2011....I still hear it clear of day in my head, remembering everything in my dream...Weird i tell ye...but who really knows, ONLY Mother Earth will, no body can really predict an approximate date of when, or how the world will reborn....

favorable dreamer, Red Deer, AB Canada
November 09, 2009 7:49am

First off, you have to understand or admit that the galaxy rotates. It spins around an axis.

Now, that implies that due to the long abount of time it takes to spin around--250 million years or so--the Earth, which is (unless you are a Young Earther) around 4.5 billion years. The math on that means we've been orbiting around 16-18 times already. So, really, if Believes is right, The earth has been destroyed 16-18 times? Completely wiped out 16-18 times. No longer here, kapoof, kabam.

Don't think so--the fact that the Earth exists at all disproves Believe's claim.

And for the Young Earth crowd,
let's discuss the speed of light: It's constant and never changes. If, as the Yearthers claim, the Earth and the Universe are 6k years old, that means we can only see things that are 6k light years away from us--otherwise the light hasn't had enough time to travel into our field of view. The light coming off a star can only travel so far so fast, and if everything is really as young as you claim, we shouldn't even be able to see things that are 13.7 (give or take) Billion light years away. Our sight should be limited to 6k years.

It isn't, so that claim is bogus too.

Honestly, Science might not give us the complete truth yet, but it does answer a lot more questions than faulty belief edifices constructed on baseless foundations.

Chris, Seattle
November 09, 2009 10:12am

maria, I'm sure you have nothing to worry about ;)

Alex, Harstad / Norway
November 09, 2009 11:26am

THIS TOPIC HAS BECOME SO POPULARIZED OVER THE LAST YEAR JUST LIKE THE NEW MILLENIUM WAS IN 1999. PEOPLE SCRAMBLED THEN FOR THE END OF DAYS SUPPLIES THINKING THE WORLD WOULD END. IM SURE AS TIME GETS CLOSER TO 2012 THE SAME WILL HAPPEN, PEOPLE PANIC THEY WANT TO BELIEVE IN THESE CLAIMS, AND IGNORE THE RATIONAL.

lissette, oakdale/ california
November 09, 2009 2:47pm

I dont believe you... you're not God..its all false..only the Almighty God knows everything..

lyresh, Isabela
November 09, 2009 10:27pm

Nobody can really predict what will happen to us. What we need to do is to pray just to be prepared.

Red Victorino, KSA
November 09, 2009 11:48pm

The theory I had read was that the Mayan expression for 'end of era' (or 'end of age') had been mistranslated as 'end of world'... So whoever's guilty of that has since unleashed a seemingly endless wave of debate around the whole topic (as if we weren't prone enough to conspiracy theories to start with).
The Mayans had never meant for December 21st, 2012 to be bad.

ZS, France
November 10, 2009 1:03pm

just wait and see whats hhappens next and pray.

hendra, indonesia
November 10, 2009 6:07pm

U can't predict what will come...

Jessie Mae, Philippines
November 11, 2009 2:52am

End of something might surprise us, what if it is for something better, perhaps a start of something new

Jeff, San Pablo City, Philippines
November 11, 2009 3:41am

These kinds of Doomsday theories exist in all ages, in every society across all the cultural boundaries around the world. There's nothing new in it. In spite of the enormous progress in modern scientific knowledge people like to believe in these theories. Of course, it could be a very interesting research topic for the scientists that, why people believe these doomsday theories? Earth and our civilization were not built in a day and it will not be destroyed with the snap of a finger.

Rathu, Kolkata, India
November 11, 2009 8:38am

I think that maybe all of the profechies were coming true...
is it really that the end of days will come in 2012?

are you sure about that?

Can u tell me your own opinion...
i can really appreiciate it..
u have written a lot
and thanks for explaining

send me ur answer ok?
need your help....

www.kenji7yeo@hotmail.com

thanks^^

Kenji Bushido Yeo, Surabaya/Indonesia
November 12, 2009 5:09am

I've been looking for evidence on both sides of this arguement and the more i look, the less I find... This article was informative and well written, but If none of these predicitions are true... then are we destined to continually grow, learn, and expand as a planet?

Ray Whitehouse, yardville, NJ
November 12, 2009 11:28am

About the Future

I know where I've been...
I know where I am.....
I don't know where I'm going but,
I know I've been there before!

Nothing new under the sun.

For thoses who believe they will awake to whatever that hope and faith brings.

To thoses who close their minds and remind blind,the bliss of mans ego and self pride and reason.

either way both happy and both could be surprised that the God of both of them is the same.

Come Today or 2012!

GIL, South East, TX
November 12, 2009 8:50pm

In our everyday activity, we are destroying the world for sure. The end will come may be in 2012 or later. Lets see how we can save the masterpiece which the world is and stop focusing on the end

sunil boodhoo, Vacoas, Mauritius
November 13, 2009 12:20am

are we all really going to die?
what will happen to our world after the end of the world?

Santy, Indonesia
November 13, 2009 2:44am

Interesting... very interesting.
So many Indonesian here.

Do all of you, Indonesian, born before '80? do all of you still remember what our ancestors had said about our world? there would be a world war 3 sometime in the future, and at the end, world's population would be declining around 50-60%.

And for everyone, who managed to survive at that time, they are few of chosen people that been given 2nd chance by our God, to rebuild our beloved world.

If you (Indonesian) still remember, it has been predicted that after that moment, Indonesia will be a superpower country, led by "Ratu Adil" (at last!, after what we've been

This is just another "story from Indonesian ancestor" for supporting "that time" ( i mean, apocalypse) will be coming in front of us.

Rhinno, Indonesia
November 13, 2009 11:41am

EVERYTHING.. i just read is ironic. We don't have to wait till 2012 comes for the world to end, if God chooses to come for his people now and destroy the earth he will,it can be today or tomorrow,he created the earth and he knows when to destroy it...who are you to dictate God's pace...calm down an relax,if u are not saved you wouldn't even know when God is coming!

Christine, Trinidad
November 14, 2009 12:25pm

Another skeptical look at 2012/Maya. http://www.wilsonsalmanac.com/maya_2012.html

Pip Wilson, Australia
November 15, 2009 2:41am

It happened. When I heard my girlfriend confirm to her children that the Rapture would come...albeit not necessarily in time for the Academy Awards...my heart dropped, my mind blew, and so did my top.
They now know me as the Fifth Horseman.

I can't take it. Will the curtain of darkness ever be lifted from this benighted planet?

Poco Lips, Eastern
November 15, 2009 8:10pm

Christine, life is to short to worship fictional characters.

Think about that!

Alex, Harstad / Norway
November 15, 2009 9:42pm

this will just cause paranoia and insanity.. just have faith..

dona dine, abu dhabi
November 16, 2009 10:36pm

No one can conjecture if today or tomorrow will be the end of the world, Only God knows when, where, why.. we have different way of worshipping God but there in only one GOD and that is all mighty. Let’s wait and see what will happen in 2012 but I don’t think something happen on that date..Just pray and pray and pray.. Believe for what is right and always put god in ur mind, and in your heart. GOD BLESS

gray dela cruz, JLT Dubai UAE
November 16, 2009 11:49pm

People, all of you has good idea on this, but I can say no one knows about what will happen in the future. Only god can tell. Let's all have faith in HIM. I have watched the movie 2012. I was terrible dipressed after, my tears were never stop falling, my god and oh my god. That's what I kept saying when I watch the movie. After I watched that I felt I was guilty of what I have done in this world.
Thank you very much to the person who had made tremendous effort in writting this. Let's keep praying and change now.

Joanne, Makati, Philippines
November 20, 2009 9:18am

Thank you for all your great research!

Jennifer, Los Angeles
November 21, 2009 10:03pm

i don't know whether to believe or not.but,thanks for all these research.whatever it is,we should believe in god.he is the one who decides everything.but scientifically,what you wrote can be believed.so,god's willing,nothing will happen in 2012. : )

iliya, malaysia
November 22, 2009 1:31am

The trouble with humanity, is that we only turn to god or religion when we feel threatened or when we want something,true? to be honest i feel relgion hasnt been shown any respect over the last few years. If i was god i would simply wipe the earth and start again? maybe thats what god did before? think about it? the mayans were so advanced in maths and science, maybe they were at a point in their history similar to ours today?and then the world and nature turned on them? think of Atlantis as America? it was a superpower that was wiped of the earth, the same would happen to America if the volcano at yellowstone erupted, (which it is due) maybe in 3000yrs a new race will look at our calenders the same way we look at the mayans? is that so hard to beleive? i dont think so. the same way we think we are the only race in the universe, we are victims of our own beliefs, we think we are almighty and invincable? newsflash, what happens when there is another katrina or asia tsunami? nature can destroy anything, no matter how prepared we are.2012 or not, the plannet is changing, wether we are responsable or not? it will get worse and we will be destroyed, now or another 1000yrs. EARTH IS NOT INDESRUCTABLE!!! IT IS FRAGILE AND VERY VERY OPEN TO DANGER.

Anthony, Portsmouth, UK
November 22, 2009 2:58am

there is no god

Alex, Harstad / Norway
November 22, 2009 7:55pm

It will not happen...

sanjeev ashok, subang jaya
November 22, 2009 8:10pm

i live in a small town not religious not the smartest kid but when did they just figure this out how do they no whats gonna happen because like the future is not set you just have to wait and see what happens don't wait 4 someone to tell you whats gonna happen like jeez well that's all i got to say ... im 12

Lisa, Grande Cache
November 22, 2009 10:54pm

look stop thinking about religion as anything but something to keep for yourself. If you want to help and make a diffrence in this world and save everyone from the real issues such as econmic collapse and runaway climate change then you should seriously consider looking into a resource based economy look it up google it read the forums on the zietgeist movement web site knowledge is the key to true salvation to every one on this planet with unity look it up dare to think out of the spectrum

sojourn, wpg/mb
November 23, 2009 9:14am

it is a scam they made a movie of it geez

eric, calgary albeta
November 23, 2009 9:25am

i honestly think that it is all up to god.. he created this world ans he is gonna decide when and how its gonna end!
but what you think its really good and somehow true!!

perla, port la vaca
November 23, 2009 11:37am

There is no such...

Innocent Motlonye, Bloemfontein, S.A
November 24, 2009 3:01am

Alright, here's where I get thrown off. How can all of you believe in god, when there is nothing to back that up. I mean, NOTHING! Not a single proof...

Alex, Harstad / Norway
November 24, 2009 10:26am

Why is everyone so scared?
They predicted that 2003 was the day the Earth was going to be destroyed but noting happend.
2012 is just a Hoax so whats the big problem, I Doubt its going to happen
They even made a movie about 2012

Brandon, Oregon
November 24, 2009 10:53am

Whatever is supposed to happen, will indeed happen. Its already written in stone & if we all doe then so be it. Just remember that if it indeed does happen then there's always a new beginning.

Danny Rae, Montreal
November 24, 2009 12:26pm

I will be very upset if the world ends in 2012 because I will have just finished my spousal support. Can't they delay the end of the earth until I've had a little time to enjoy myself?

Stupid Mayans!

H. Tiberius Miser, Secret Underground Lair, Earth
November 24, 2009 1:43pm

Ironically given that you said Nostradamus didn't predict any apocalyptic event in 2012, Google his name and a multitude of made up stories to support him supposedly confirming the event will show up. Isn't it fantastic how people accommodate their beliefs through the manipulation of science, religion and historic data?

Celine, Middle of Nowhere
November 24, 2009 2:17pm

Earth is to vast thing to be destroyed, So forget and enjoy what ever time we each have.

Deepak, Mumbai, India
November 25, 2009 4:26am

It is not a hoax, it is the fulfillment of the prophecies of the BIBLE.(Rev. 13:16-18).To escape from this you should be born again of the water and the spirit just as the lord Jesus Christ tells us in the Gospel John 3:5. This is the only way of salvation.

Eljee Singshit, India
November 25, 2009 8:05am

I am far more frightened by John Cusack's career choices over the past 10 years than I am an impending apocalypse.

H. Tiberius Miser, Secret Underground Lair, Earth
November 25, 2009 1:30pm

Maybe the Myans were visited by "gods". Maybe these "gods" told the myans that something devastating would happen to the world. Maybe they told them the date of this said event. Maybe they only interpreted it as the end of days. What if these "gods" were beings from another world who enjoyed acting like gods. One of the reasons people doubt alien existence is because of the vastness between solar systems. Don't you think they could manage carbondating and FTL speeds? Sitings of UFO's sprung up in the 30's and not just two people. Maybe they came back to finish whatever it is they were doing. maybe it is the end or maybe its all just a cosmic coincedence. Maybe Niburu, Marduk, the Ottowa Project, Vulcan, Transpluto, Planet X, or whatever else you wanna call it, will wipe us off the map. Something will happen. It could be something massive and deadly or something subtle and haunting. we'll have to wait and see.

zak leach, IL.
November 25, 2009 10:52pm

Good grief, people. Stop chasing ghosts and any story that gratifies your itchy ears.

God never put dates on HIS schedule of events, He simply told us to be mindful of signs of the times and be diligent about doing what any good believer should: do good to others, do no one any harm and follow His teachings.

NO; THE BIBLE DOES NOT define a date of the return of Christ. Never did, never will.

Christ told people to be skeptics if told he was here or there to be seen. What did he say? Don't believe them. (Matthew 24:26)

What did He say? He will come when you least expect it. (Matthew 24:36-44.)

So what's God's point? Get on with life, mind your "P's and Q's" and quit wasting time and energy on worrying about when the end is.

Joe Young, Ulm, Germany
November 26, 2009 6:24am

i think 2012 is not going to end BUT.... there are going to be worst storms in 2012 then we ever imagined its goign to have bigger fires bigger hurricanes the world is going to be harder to live in when 2012 comes

jake, PA
November 26, 2009 10:33pm

no, it's not. it's just made up crap!

Alex, Harstad / Norway
November 27, 2009 1:00am

Life is short..Trust in God...

But maybe will be wiped out mainly by a tsunami..Remember that the Earth is sorrounded by 70.8% water..So maybe...

joana, philippines
November 28, 2009 5:38am

You people are cazy.If the government told you that Christ was sitting in a starbucks drinking coffee you would believe it.

knight, baltimore
November 28, 2009 11:39pm

I don't even know what to think. o3o

Veraz, NZ
November 29, 2009 12:37am

There have been doomsdays in the past. then, the day before, the scientists will say: "Oh, our bad. Our calculations are wrong. The real doomsday is _"

Jeff, Belton
November 29, 2009 3:16pm

According to the movie 2012 is africa going to be the only land left to survive the acaplypse?

linda, stthomas usvi
November 30, 2009 6:39am

Don't believe the 2012 hype...It's a cover up for the REAL concern. Do you know that our calendar will be running out in a month? That should be our real concern. What are we going to do on December 31? There isn't anymore days past that..

Michael, Mass
November 30, 2009 9:17pm

haha good one Michael, but then why didnt the Mayan calendar ever change??...hey did anyone watch the 2012 Segment on the discovery channel? I saw something about the planets aligning but I only saw it for a second. I didnt read anything about that on here...and I wanted to know if our natural disasters have become woerse as of lately and the fact that civilizations have been wiped out before, but yet we still dont know how that happened...and dont forget the dinosaurs.

The One, Charolotte
November 30, 2009 9:56pm

i really dont know about this situition . all i know is i'm still wating to god to let us know wahts will happen. i don belive in human brain if u know wa i mean . belive mi on this nothing nothing will happen .its only the begning so untill then please enjoy ur life and don be frightnied .

meron, london
December 01, 2009 5:53am

I watch the movie 2012, surprisingly the great catastrophe is imminent, why those doomsayers, Mayan Scientist believe in that date that the prophecies is about the end of the world. Fear not because we only knew about predictions are HOAX such as millennium bugs in 2000 and major earthquake will strike in Philippines manila, but then no one conclude that and no one can predict the date. Only destiny and only God knows. People just panic with no basis and mistake evidence. About Nibiru, NASA knows all planets in the universe I'm sure if they found something, they will announce it and try to destroy it by Planetary defense lasers or our Weapon based space technology. I for one do not fear and do not panic. This event is a HOAX. Thanks for the comments. =)

Mark, Manila, Philippines
December 03, 2009 12:44am

well, why dont you all try do a research based on the Quran? i mean all it said in there is all true. i've done a research on it. and i 100% believe it.

my old friend said he found an article about apocalypse is on 1 st of friday. and some scientist do a research on it and the 1 st of friday is on the year 2012.

i'm not saying you all should believe this but in the quran said that we will never know when apocalypse is really is. only god knows whenit will happen...

adam, manhatan,ny
December 03, 2009 1:23am

Yeah well, there is also the fact, (mentioned on the 2012 Apoolypse Segment on the Discovery Channel,) about solar flares, and Yellowstone National Park getting ready to blow it's cork. It's a wonderful setup, and just enough evidence to proove that if not on that particular date, (December 21, 2012) it's going to happen soon enough anyway...

Amanda Roland, Virginia Beach, Virginia
December 03, 2009 5:09am

JUST TRY DO A RESEARCH ON THE QURAN!!

adam, manhatan,ny
December 04, 2009 3:14am

Only God knows when will it happen...this what we so called end of the world!!

Mij, Philippines
December 06, 2009 6:29pm

bwahahaha! BWAHAHAHA!(opening remarks only)

even Jesus Christ doesn't know when he will come back, neither one of us will also know that... what are you, GOD?????

if you're the GOD, tell me how did you made everything.....

.....and how can you ruin everything what you've done,,...

...if you made an invention, you also know how can you break it...

Ike24, Mulanay, philippines
December 06, 2009 10:15pm

no.one knows wen the world will end not even jesus christ only the GOD almighty*

there had been stories going on for ages that the world will end...

guess what the wORLD did not end in 2000 * SURPRISE* come on its 2010 in a couple of weeks do you really expect us to believe that the world is going to end in 2012 please..... find something else to do!

tiipsy, mz
December 07, 2009 8:43am

I know that god is the only one that knows when the world will end. But with everything happening in the world, you might as well say it's almost here..

ashley, springfield,il
December 07, 2009 8:40pm

believe whatever you want to believe be it religion or the apocalypse or whatever it is just dont try convincing other people to believe what you believe especially when it seems crazy..I believe in nature..
if we take care of our natural resources then there would be nothing to worry about..prevent global warming and protect the ozone layer..thats our only way of preventing catastrophe's to happen..
illegal logging,polluting and all that is what will lead us to apocalypse..dont blame god or whatever you believe in..we are to blame for our actions..

darrell, philippines
December 08, 2009 8:38am

I think we all have something in common and that is the bible. In the bible it has no date as of when the world will come to destruction, but it does give out clues as to how you can predict it when it will come. It mentions a few scenes that will start to happen as we are getting closer to the end. And guess what all those things are happening now. So the end of the world could be today, tomorrow, or in 20 years. No one knows but God. You should never stop believing in God and have faith. That is all I can say!!!!

Marlene, Houston
December 09, 2009 7:44am

This is stupid.

PG, Houston, Texas
December 09, 2009 6:19pm

I believe in a God...

ashley, il
December 09, 2009 8:31pm

I think it's a load of crap. God is a load of crap and so is the apcalypse.

Jess, The Dale
December 10, 2009 2:14am

I don't know when the apocalypse is coming (hope its not in my lifetime anyway)but I have started to wonder is climate change to sign that the end is nigh?

Bahamut!, europe
December 10, 2009 7:20am

well it was really nice to know such a thing. just hoping, and keeping faith....................

adrita, kolkata
December 11, 2009 2:57am

Add one more end-of-the-world-as-we-know-it senario.

Harold Camping, www.FamilyRadio.org
Look for the on-line book on the Family Radio website titled "We're Almost There"

Jesus is coming back May 21, 2011.
Sorry Mayan dudes, you missed it by a year.

JohnM, Greensboro,NC
December 11, 2009 12:53pm

Ok People...I have one thing to say...If you are Muslim, Christian, Or whatever else, then this has nothing to do with you...cuz too much has evolved around you people anyway...I dont believe in a GOD, I know there is one...cuz if there wasnt, then there wouldnt be anything...the only way we will know what will happen is if we look in the past. The past can call our future by the things that happend. 4-5 Billion Years ago it was created, so our 5-10 thousand year existence is a merely second compared to the earths existence. Humans today are smarter then things that lived before us...like dinosaurs and stuff. But it doesnt mean out faith is going to be any different. Dinosaurs are gone...Civilizations of humans are gone...Gone...how?? We dont know, but if we continue reasearching and working our brains together, maybe we can save ourselves and dodge the unlucky end of us on earth...Dont ask god or jesus or mohammad for answers...GOD gave u a brain, so use it...2012 is a possibility because things HAVE happend before that have destroyed everything on earth...but not earth itself.

Thank You!

Nino The One!

Nino The One, NC
December 12, 2009 2:56pm

I personally think it would be facinating seeing the end of the world, knowing you were alive to see it is amazing, but personally, I don't see it happening, the human race is too smart to not take precaution for something this important, the government wouldn't hide something like this from us because it is about life or death, it's way too important.

Christa Graumann, Virginia
December 14, 2009 5:09am

im really scared :D i think its cool to see the earth's end but too bad if it happens (hope not)im gonna die too ...but in the past all tales like tihs ended up fake so i think there is nothing to be afraid off pplus if i t happens we gonna think somethign out to survive we are not dinosaurs :D

zver, bitola
December 14, 2009 10:55am

It is the end of the MAYANS calender not ours! People on the History channel are going into deep information which we don't need to know because all you do need to think about is the past! The Ages! For Eg, Bronze Age leads on to Iron Age which has a defference of 1000 years. The Silver Age carries onto Gold Age which has a difference 1000 years. Have you seen it yet? Everything has to be equal otherwise its not going to happen. And I am more the sure that a comet or whatever is going to come shooting out of the sky because the Mayans said it would. They worked for the Underworld, who prmoised them power or something. God would NOT let this happen.

Not Saying, United Kingdom
December 16, 2009 5:02am

if you wish please read:mathew 24:36-40. and you will understand why all those predictions have failed

irela, sacramento ca.
December 16, 2009 2:38pm

My heart tells me that the world is not ending but something new is rising and a new war is coming. Only this war isnt with countries is with worlds. Be readyfor we don't have much time left. The Mayan calendar ends becoause its the end of everything they belived in, and what we belive. Eyes of the world; save our humanity yet distoy our knowledge there for destroying us. The devil's daughter, angel's sin

ddas, monroe nc
December 18, 2009 5:36pm

Hey Brian - really enjoy your podcasts - I think you are mistaken about the flip of the solar magnetosphere in 2012 - it already happened in 2001! See http://science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2001/ast15feb_1.htm
To the best of my knowledge, the world did not end, so we can safely eliminate that possible cause.
We have had a really long period of low solar activity which is now finally beginning to increase - this is an important issue if you are a ham radio operator like me, as increased solar activity improves propagation of HF radio waves in the earths ionosphere. I am sure I have heard that the extended period of low solar activity was a "doomsday" factor - happily solar flux is already on the rise.
Cheers,
Mike

Mike Aiello, Croton on Hudson NY
December 19, 2009 1:14pm

Rather the world ends or not is out of anybodies hands. The Mayan calender was to be extended by their descendents. They vanished and never finished it. Any prediction that is made on an acient text that is BELIEVED to mean one thing can be entirely different. The end of life will be wrought by man. Let's face it we are the ultimate parasite we evolve and destroy but a large bomb on yellowstone would cause the super volcano to wipe out life. But when we are dead we are dead.

Eric, Canton,Pa
December 21, 2009 2:21pm

guessing game for the scientist, definitely i believe it will happened and mankind will be wipe out. what prophesied had come true till the moment the prediction made would definitely.

zimba sonam, bhutan
December 21, 2009 7:23pm

I just wanna know who's the wise guy that started all this Mayan hype??? Like, suddenly everyone is a doomsday prophet and plays around with the world as if it's mud ball!!! I can certainly tell you about 2012: everyone's IQ is gonna drop to 0!!!

Mo, DXB
December 22, 2009 2:35am

I fear not What is prophesied, My fear is All the pople that believe in the end,and what will thay maybe willing to do....And yes i will be way up out of the way...

Eljay, Boise Idaho
December 22, 2009 7:51am

This is definatly not the way we will die 2012 marks the start of the new calandar. planet X is far from real. The only way we could die would be from Nostradamus predictions which are not real. Because on every single website it says other wise.Besides Nostradomus predicted that the world would come to an end some time in the 3000s. People just switch information around for some reason to make people scared

Bob, New York
December 22, 2009 4:09pm

It's up to us if we will believe or not.
This apocalypse case is made by the human race obviously, nothing else.If it is our fate to die, then let it be because we cannot do anything to stop it. But mostly, destiny lies within our hands. It is us who have the right to make our choices and decisions in life. If we want to, we can do it as long as we have faith and the strongest confidence we could have.

But 2012, no one really knows if it would happen. Even the experts aren't sure if it will happen. They only find researches and information about it and it worsen the case.

Chris, somewhere else
December 27, 2009 7:38pm

i dont think are world is goin to end they sadid that in 2000 but it never happened cause i am still here.soo people need to get over it cause u r gettin people scared . you guys r tryin to get money and that is just not write so u need to stop cause i am goin to fight about this so good bye

linda, lynnwood illinois
December 28, 2009 4:33pm

I liked the factual information that should bring people back on the carpet. The book of wisdom, the Bible, declares that not even the angels in heaven know the date. The same book makes it clear that the end of history as we know it will come as a surprise. People will be doing things as they always did. The point is to be ready for the last day... meaning our own very personal last day. This one will certainly come!

Steve, Munich, Germany
December 29, 2009 5:48am

OK Steve form Munich Germany is totally correct no one not even the Angels in heaven know when the last day will come ONLY GOD!!so what make you guys think we humans do? So it will be best for gentiles to stop talking about what they actually dont know or arent sure about and start to learn more about GOD and HIS plan for us in orther to get ready for our eternal life which it could ether be HELL OR HEAVEN!! So people should just start getting prepare for the comming of Jesus and not what HUMANS say.... Yes God gave Humans great brains to think correctly and to know that HE is the ONE AND ONLY the START AND THE END!! HE is the only ONE that decides our fate... not some calendar that we the human race created.. please...we should all thanks GOD we have life today, pray and ask for forgiveness because noone knows when our day is gonna come... GOD BLESS YOU ALL.... AND TRUST IN GOD! HE HAS THE ANSWERRE FOR YOUR QUESTIONS...

Sasha, Killeen, Texas
December 30, 2009 11:31am

the mayans were very intelligent and there is lot of evil stuff going on in this world.humanity is lost solet it perish.........

charan, bangalore
December 31, 2009 12:45am

Prophecy aside, I do think that it's mighty arrogant of James Randi to think he's cleverer than Isaac Newton.

Sir Isaac Newton
= one of humanity's greatest minds

James Randi
= famewhore

Nancy, MC
December 31, 2009 8:16am

I am a muslim and let me tell you something.

According to my religion although i dont know much about your religion, the world is going to end when there will be no good people alive on earth.

That is the day of judgement when the world will be destroyed. Imam mehedi is going to appear and ad-dajjah is going to appear.

There are some hints to the time the world will end. The time when the earth will be filled with smoke, an animal would appear which would tell everyone to be prepared and when the sun will rise from the west. I know it may be a little rude but if my god Allah!! (who is the almighty) and his messengers Muhammed(pbuh) and other messengers such as Isa(Jesus in your religion) is true then i therefore proclaim that the end of the world will be in Friday and when there will be war and fighs and destruction and no one would have faith in god(Allah) and his messenger.

Mahir, Dhaka,Bangladeh
January 03, 2010 12:14am

IMPORTANT READ!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!these people think they are so bibical!!
if they say they know so much how do they not know this?

one thing god says is no one will know when the time comes!
so if were saying we know and lets say it happened then the bible is telling a lie, now i know that the bible tells the truth and everything in it is real!
so we will not know when the time comes around and, if you are saying that good for you because,
i know god has a plan for my life.
and if it does happen, me and my friends will probably go through the rapture!!

lexi, st. louise
January 04, 2010 1:09pm

Please understand that ONLY God knows when the end of the world is. Humans made the calender and the mayans are humans as well. Realize that half of the writings as well as mine have spelling mistakes. We are all sinners and we need jesus to forgive us of our sins and we are made perfect by christ's crusifiction. Im only 18 but I know what the bible tells us as well as how I feel when i pray. It is God who is in charge of the world and he has no time. There is no time. Man made time, time is satans way of saying that God has to work with our calenders. The only mantion of numbers in the bible is when it says 1 day on earth is like a thousand years in heaven. I pray that christians don't get lost by what the world is saying but puts there faith in God who has a time when he does things. If you are not a christian I ask for you to see how you feel. I used to be a muslim and wiccan and it feels so much more peaceful being a christian then anything else. 1 more thing. First things first Don't worry when the end of the world is, I can assure you we are close. It says in Revelation 16:9 and 16:12 that the world will get warmer and the Euphrates River will drie up to prepare the way for GOG which is (China). It says GOG will have a 200,000,000 man army and MAGOG (Russia)will attack Israel and fire will rein down to protect Israel. PLEASE just love God. That is the secret. JUst love that's all he wants...

mitch, wisconsin
January 04, 2010 2:23pm

Also keep in mind that the Mayan calendars continue on until they hit 20, and the modern Mayas think it's bunk.

Joseph Bozeman, Norman
January 04, 2010 8:33pm

im a realist, and idealist and there are multiple theories through out history that come together to make sum in sense in one. why are we duscussing god? or whose muslim or christian? humans for having only 13% of brain use will think anythings god or should i say,anythings a higher power if we are visited by a smarter human form. god is a word for everything. and i believe muslim and christian is the same. there are many things that bond many religions together. thats faith. we have drawings in caves from thousands of years ago with people dressed in modern space suits. i believe wiccan and pagan are the gifts god gives you on earth for postive rituals and balance. every religion people meditate. if you hide, you have no faith. if you fight, your on satans side. just have a postive balance within yourself and the end catastrophe wont matter. if you are interested in talking sum theories or cumming together to build a survival bunk look me up on myspace and add me. i will begin building one soon. take care.

athen nash, oklahoma,usa
January 05, 2010 3:36pm

I beleive that God do excit and he loves all of us and for sure as i trust him he will not makes us suffer the way they say.
God is mercifull, and no one knows when the end of the universe will be.

Loubna, Lebanon
January 06, 2010 12:56pm

ONLY God know when the End Of Time will be so none of you guys have to worry about it.The World Will Probably NEVER end becuase the world has been spinning around for all these years and people have been saying that the world is going to end ever since the first people who lived on this earth.Theyve been saying that it was going to end every 4 years.But it hasent.If it did then we would have been dead right now. So no one has anthing to worry about ok.

Alyssa, Saint John, Canada
January 06, 2010 3:37pm

I believe in what the Bible says. In 1 Thessalonians 5:2 it says that Christ will come like a thief in the night meaning that no one knows of the time He will return.

In Matthew 24:36 it says:

No one knows about the day or hour, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but only the Father. If Jesus doesn't know when God is going to send him back to earth how are humans going to know when the day of the Apoccolypse is going to happen???

Dave Blackstone January 7, 2010

Dave Blackstone, Pontiac MI
January 07, 2010 7:55pm

This 2012 prophecy has gotten way out of hand and is now causing fear into our children.
I am glad I found this site along with
http://www.associatedcontent.com/article/2563255/how_to_explain_the_2012_prophecy_to.html?cat=25 to help me out.

Christine, Austin, TX
January 07, 2010 9:35pm

ONLY God know when the End Of Time SO NONE of u guys no when the world is gunna end..ok so please stop saying that the worl is gunna end becouse its scary and i really dont think its true becouse the news said like 3 years ago on the 6.6.6 that it was gunna end but it hasnt.i hope it dousnt becouse i really dont know what to do if it happnds i have kids. and its really shocking but i honestly dont think it will end soo im goin with what the people really got to say THE WORLD WILL NOT END ANDY TIME SOON!!god is the only person that knows when it will end...he can end it right now tomarow ..but nobady knows just him!!!!

LISBETH PACHECO, SAN BERNADINO,CA
January 08, 2010 2:02am

Very fun read. At first I was certain the world wasn't going to end, but after reading (or trying to read) the comments section, I have sadly changed my mind. haha.

Tony, Portland, OR
January 08, 2010 4:14am

to everyone who is scared by 2012 and supposed phropecies !!! ever since i was a little girl i have been petrified by the idea of the end of time, i used to run away and hide my face behind a pillow when stories about earthuakes, tidal waves and other natural disasters came up on the news. When i heard about the 2012 rumours i felt the old sense of fear and panic returning and i can completely understand how anybody can be taken in by this speculation but please take time to consider as i have. It is now about a week since i first researched 2012 and i feel better already. If the world does end in 2012 there is nothing we can do about it so i suggest we make the most of the time we have left. However, i personally believe that we will live to ring in the new year of 2013, if you need reasurrance i suggest you watch this video on the NASA website
http://www.vimeo.com/7463829

Natalie, Derby, England
January 08, 2010 2:13pm

The writer of this article seems to have focussed on the crazy fringe of the 2012 subject. Many REAL spiritual people interpret 2012 as the end of one era and the start of another.(not a cataclysm or "END") The main theme is that of "the waking up of humanity" from its self centered past into a more aware age of increased consciousness. There may be a few more natural disasters than usual but that does not mean death on a massive scale. A guy by the name of Greg Braden seems to be a source of good info about this event. Google him to find out what the sober people think.

Gary, Perth West Australia
January 11, 2010 2:10am

I'm sure that "2012's END" is not exict. only god know that when this world will end...

The Black Light, Tehran, Iran
January 11, 2010 5:53am

There is no god

Alex, Norway
January 12, 2010 6:40am

Re; GregG Braden
I just spent 10 minutes on his website, and could't find evidence of exactly what he beleives that isn't best described as "vague metaphysical silliness of the normal type."

Don't delude yourslef that because this guy (and why do these types always have horrible hair/beards?) doesnt say the world is ending he's somehow not a wierdo and is more in line with "Real" spirituality.

Morgan, Tracy, CA
January 13, 2010 1:45pm

To all who are trying their best to prove that 2012 is the end, you are wasting your time.

If you are a christian, what has come over you? You are a child of God. Why have you turned your ways to the TV and believing all that is on it instead of turning to the Bible for answers?

It's no wonder why God is furious with most of humanity. We believe things over HIM.

Catherin, Iowa
January 16, 2010 1:27pm

God said there would be a handsome ruler,with alot of power. and that ruler would be the devil in a desguise.
not to think but im thinking about that and barack obama, is lookin like an anti christ. that s why he not takin care of his country and lettin the rich people go first befor the o rich. but still nobody can read God,nor cheat God, nomatter how smart you are its Gods decision if the world ends or not.

Lauren, tennessee
January 16, 2010 2:54pm

With science comes fear. Some of the greatest scientifically renown finds comes from the Mayans with their hyper accurate calendars, as well as the Chinese with the I-Ching. There are to many signs pointing to a change. But unfortunately so many people take it to extremes. Don't be foolish enough to disregard the fact that all these signs from all of these different places cultures and times point to 2012. Something is obviously going to happen but I fail to read anywhere where it is depicted that earth will basically enter doomsday. It will be very interesting to see what happens. Remember don't be ignorant, the human race (if you believe god put us here or not) has only been on this planet for a geological second . It comes down to being prepared for the unknown which is a paradox all in itself. If nothing happens. so be it. If something happens.. well better to be somewhat prepared physically, emotionally and spiritually then not at all.

Mike, New York
January 21, 2010 12:15pm

In 2012 something is going to happen...its already started.Everyone is making it seem so bad that something will take place on December 21, 2012.Think for a minute. There are places all over the world that have "atom-smashers." the recent one didn't work...scientists are going to keep trying and when it finally does work the world is going to end. there are many of these devises all around the world. eventually once you get enough of them to work something WILL go wrong.they will all form a black hole that will swallow the earth. the first large one that didn't work was a sign that scientists need to stop trying to find things out. we have lived like this for the past 2000years....and people wonder why things are going bad now. if everything just stopped being discovered then we could live just fine. this is a warning from god that we are getting to close to THE answers to everything. and once we find out all the answers what more would we have to live for? our futures are set and unless we change things right now they are going to stay that way. so get ready for the end of the world:)

kaity, ohio
January 21, 2010 12:44pm

I believe something will happen in 2012 but the world won't end...people are scared for no reason. People need to just give up on the world ending. When it happens it happens. I don't know what will happen in 2012 but it wont be the world ending.

Anonymous, Indiana
January 22, 2010 8:20am

God gave us free will. I think he is proud of what we have created, he is probably not happy with what we do with these creations. Harnessing the power of the atom can get us so many different places. There is so much that god made for us to explore. Our solar system is just one spec of sand in a sand box. When the day comes that we stop looking for the answers and stop exploring, only then will the human race stop being relevant. An atom smasher could lead to a black hole and it could lead to a source of real renewable power that can take us further than ever imagined. Its the same risk the explorers took so many years ago when every one told them that they would sail of the side of the earth because it was flat.

Mike, New York
January 22, 2010 11:02am

""God said there would be a handsome ruler,with alot of power. and that ruler would be the devil in a desguise.
not to think but im thinking about that and barack obama""

Because Barrack Obama is the only handsome politician ever to wield great power.

I like your "not to think" disclaimer, though :P .

Safe-Keeper, Norway
January 22, 2010 12:42pm

wow really...back then when they were exploring the earth there wasn't talk f the world ending. the closer we get to the answers the closer the end of the world is. that's a fact. and also a black hole is a bad thing not "a source of real renewable power." and free will has NOTHING to do with anything here. god gave us earth to explore. if we try to remake evolution bad things are going to happen.get ready for the end or it will be even worse for the ones that don't prepare.

and the handsome devil is already here...and its not Obama...

regan, washington d.c.
January 22, 2010 1:13pm

Check out the horizon project. The Mayan calendar long count is based on the solar system's rotation around the galaxy. We are nearing the end of a cycle at which point the entire solar system will pass through the gravitational plane of the milky way, causing catalysmic gravitational distortion. Or so they say....

Jay, Portland Oregon
January 23, 2010 2:27am

If you make enough predictions in a vague and ambiguous way about a vast array of possible future events then you can interpret them in a number of vague and ambiguous ways to suit whatever situation.God has nothing to do with it either.

Dave, Goiania, Brazil
January 24, 2010 11:18am

god has everything to do with this. if he wasn't for him we wouldn't be here right now. the big bang theory is a joke.

anonymous, universe
January 24, 2010 3:09pm

regan, do you have any evidence at all for any of those claims?

Anyone can jump into a discussion and throw out lots of attention-grabbing rhetoric, but no one takes you seriously if you can't back them up.

Safe-Keeper, Norway
January 25, 2010 1:30pm

the world will not end in 2012. im sorry to let any of you down. like any other calnder,it starts agian.like ours. so it's like saying on january 1st of 2011 the world is going to end.
it would probaly be a celebration, not a doomsday. so don't worry,we will still be here.
And god has nothing to with anything in this subject, and the big bang theory.
And evolution was natural.And is almost a proven fact that we evolved. sorry.

Anna, Canada
January 26, 2010 12:59pm

God is in controll of every ting!He will decide when the world must end.:)

Gregory, South Africa
January 27, 2010 5:15am

I hate everyone who says were gonna end in 2012 because were not. death is inevitable, the sun is half threw its age and has long time left to go. the Mayan calendar ends at 2012 but does that mean were going to die no maybe its a new beginning.stop thinking so negative people.

carlos, arvada/co
January 27, 2010 9:10am

We did not in fact evolve. God created us and He will decide when our time on earth is done.

stevens, Montana
January 29, 2010 12:01pm

I have to be honest at first I let this get to me so bad I ended up in the hospital for depression and stress, but I had to realize death can not be avoided I honestly don't believe the mayans predicted the end of the world alot of people are make false assumptions and the reason I know that is because on that part of the calendar half of it was destroyed so people took that and ran with what they thought it meant. I get upset because you have children who go on the net asking questions about is it true are we going to die in 2012, parents getting so scared they are doing things because of fear this is a very dangerous situation that needs to get some control over.

P.s ALso Mel Gibbson came out with a movie about the mayans which was very good called apocolypta I may have it wrong but I believe that's the name if you have the time watch it and listen to what the elder say in the beginning of the movie and noticed what they went through they never spoke abot the end of the world.

LaToya, Brooklyn, NY
January 30, 2010 1:46pm

For all who are Christian and believe in this you are very wrong.The Bible says so itself in Matthew that now man nor living creature on this earth will know the exact date of when our world will end.I'm a firm believer in that and I think that can apply in any cultures. Only God knows when the world will end.=D

Marissa, Cincinnati,OH
February 01, 2010 3:07am

"The Jehovah's Witnesses made firm predictions for 1918, 1925, 1941, 1975, 1984, and 1994. ".

The first 4 dates are true, the two last are definitely not.

Joan, Cebu
February 02, 2010 4:40am

If we take the Mayan calender for its alledged predictive powers as fact then questions arise. Firstly, they supposedly predicted their own demise, in the arrival of Europeans. So they should have predicted the outcome. They didn't plan a way out, a means of defence. With knowledge and application of knowledge the outcome is better organisation and a desire to change things. Building, agriculture, manufacturing and social structure based on non biological strata. Here, we have a simple case of one civilisation discovering and overpowering another.
Secondly, the use of mathematics is a tool to describe things so humans can organise. So if we remove mathematics from the equation (pun partly intentional, partly not) then this negates any predictive quality. The discovery of mathematics has by-products which we use today, as in exit polls on election day to try to indicate the outcome. Gamblers attempt to influence card games with it. Businesses use it to suggest how much money they will have made.
Thirdly, which calender did they mean as today some dozen or more exist. Ranging from Hebrew, Muslim, Orthodox, Japanese, Coptic to the Thai solar calender. Which means it has already come and gone so we cannot exist. Or according to the Burmese calender we need to wait another 640 years.
The Mayans were therefore no more able to predict the future than we can, with any certainty, today.
However, they still remain, along with other past civilisations, interesting to study.

Ray, Vlissingen
February 03, 2010 11:33am

To stevens: If god made us adn is going to decide when we go than wouldn't you think that god would create everyone equeal and not pick and choose who should live in proverty and under very poor conditions, if god was controlling everything on earth right now he is one very evil person becuase this world is full of weird people that do horrible things... is that gods doing???? I personaly think there is a god but we controll our futures

Danille, Canada
February 03, 2010 11:54am

Thanks, Brian. That's one of the stronger arguments circular-filing the 2012 claptrap I've yet read.

I think some people latch on to these apocalypse tales as a way to avoid taking personal responsibility for real problems that require the involvement of many of us to solve. They allow people to say "why bother making changes; it doesn't matter anyway," and that's a profoundly nihilistic mindset that threatens our survival.

The question is: How do we challenge it effectively, since it occurs in so many forms — some crazy, but some commonly accepted (for example, as a key thread of major religions)?

Gus, Southbridge, MA
February 08, 2010 10:43am

I think you're mistaken when you claim that summertime will be in December for the Northern Hemisphere when the earth completes it's axis rotation. That rotation referes to the gyroscope-esque wobble that the eather has in it's rotation, and it's only by a very few minor degrees (I think about 21-24 degrees, following a circle). Unless I'm missing something completely about the earth's rotation then saying that the seasons will change do to the earth flipping upside down is just wrong.

The only reason this could be is that our estimate of one year (our rotation around the sun) being equal to roughly 365.25 days is wrong and so that variance would change the seasons and when they hit. But, alas, we have leap years to adjust and so I doubt that's what you would be referring to.

and

thought the earth's rotation of axis

Will, New York City
February 08, 2010 11:33am

I must say, I absolutely love this discussion. It seems we have some real intelligent people here. Can someone speculate if the up coming crossover into the gravitational rift is causing enough disturbance in our magnetic field to lead to pending failures in electronic devices? i.e. Toyota fuel control systems, blackberry's and other not so publicized electronic issues. And, will we see more frequent problems in the future?

Mike, New York
February 09, 2010 10:40am

This is scary. Thank you for warning me. :(

Htoowie Aung, Yangon
February 09, 2010 6:42pm

Thank you for a great read. Informative.

Jon, Temecula, California
February 14, 2010 4:29pm

a lot of people are buying this end of the world story (and the movie 2012 does not help either), and i have to say, this is what i thought about the mayan calendar too... so what if their calendar ends on 2012? they probably ran out of stone tablets or something. and people suddenly panic coz that's the end of the mayan calendar.

Kick, Wellington, NZ
February 21, 2010 2:17am

Just stumbled on this site, so haven't read all 800+ comments, but I've always had issues with the millennium starting on Jan 1, 2000 ("enjoy the excitement on the millennium of watching the digital displays roll over from 12/31/1999 to 1/1/2000" - it was much more fun 12 months later!). We usually celebrate "big" birthdays after 10, 20, 30, etc. years - that is at the END of the year, when you actually reached the milestone - I don't think there's a metric k-stone equivalent, yet.
The Swiss (noted timekeepers) waited till the 2001, Jan 1, before most of their celebrations started.
So get the calendars ordered.
EdZ

Ed Stef, Yarm, UK
February 22, 2010 2:31pm

I think 2012 is going to be the most PEACEFUL day on earth. :)

Marina Button, Canada
February 23, 2010 1:23pm

i don't think this will happen, maybe we would all experience a harsh environment coz of global warming that's possible but no, coz u see, i'm a catholic and i believe in the bible and it says that when God flooded the earth he PROMISED not to hurt us again and thats GOD PROMISING...and he loves us too much but i think if the earth will have an apocalypse, it would be because of ourselves..:( SO SAVE THE EARTH haha :) seriously...

Christina, Manila,Phil.
February 25, 2010 1:47am

Only God know when will coming on the jugement day. ''And i trust it'' it's will be good if you do it like me.

Evens, Haiti
February 27, 2010 11:00am

With the recent earthquakes occurring in Haiti and Chile can lead one to have some doubts. However only God knows when judgement day will come. Therefore everyone should work on their relationship with him and live their lives to the fullest.

Cam, St. Louis, Missouri
February 27, 2010 7:48pm

why would god let the people who didnt cause polution die does that make scense or am i the only one who thinks that way

sean, ireland
March 01, 2010 11:40am

I believe in God and I know that his coming soon, but no one knows when is going to be the day. So I really don't believe that something is going to happen in 2012.No one knows, but my sugestion is that we all have to be ready for that big day.

God Bless you!!

Beth Blackander

Beth Blackander, Greensboro
March 02, 2010 9:08am

I do believe in God, but I also believe in the possibility of global catastrophe's. I'm not saying that I think the world will end in 2012, but maybe the Mayans were right when they say it will be a cleansing. I think if you have a family you can not take any of this lightly.

Cody, South Carolina
March 02, 2010 11:45am

Only God knows when the hour and day will be, therefore we must always be ready for our Lord to come.

Marge, Clayton, NM
March 05, 2010 6:25am

i dont know when the apocalypse is going to happen but i doubt that its going to happen 2012 i know that god knows when its going to happen and that we are just stressing ourselves out by just worrying about whats gunna happen we needs to just live our lives and be happy that were even still alive

brettney, goodyear
March 05, 2010 11:43am

The latest news I found is there has been a slight miscalculation due to translation mistakes.

It's now beleved to happen between 2023 and 2025.

And I do not beleve in any God whatsoever.

Ronkevaar, Amsterdam Holland
March 06, 2010 3:53am

we should stop with this nonsense that is what they said back in 2002 that the world is coming to an end i think Armageddon would have to happen first i think god will now wen that's gonna happen

danny, chicago illinois 60659
March 08, 2010 7:02pm

i think that only god can say when it's time to go but in the other hand i don't want anything to happen to my kids or family may god have mercy on us!!

clara gomez, miami florida
March 08, 2010 8:14pm

Every religion occult or mainstream has a world coming to an end story, legend, or myth. Me personally I find it ridiculous. Want to talk about translation screwups, the dinosaurs are supposed to be millions of years old and according to christians god created the world in 6 days and rested on the seventh; one of those creations was man, which is only about 10-15,000 years old. So where did the dinosaurs come and go. I simply believe that religion was and is created by man to control the populace. End of story science wins again and proves yet another religious event did not take place.

Aaron, Fairbanks, AK
March 08, 2010 10:36pm

THE BAD NEWS IS.-
THERE IS SUCH THING AS END
OF THE WORLD.

THE GOOD NEWS IS IF OUR
GOVERNEMENTS ACT QUICKLY,EVERYTHING
IS PREVENTABLE.

AT TIMES PEOPLE EXAGERATE,OR
MISINTERPRET,BUT BEHIND EVERY LEGEND,PHILOSOPHY,RELIEGION,THERE
IS A FACT.

AT TIMES CERTAIN SCIENTISTS
TRY TO DISMIS CERTAIN CELESTIAL
FACTS,CLAIMING THAT THEIR TELESCOPE
HAS NOT DETECTED,THEY ASSUME
THAT OUR MODERN MACHINES ARE
ADVANCED.IT IS SAD THAT EVEN
OUR MOST BRILLIANT MINDS UNDERESTIMATE THE VASTNES OF
THE UNIVERSE,THERE IS NO.AMD
THERE CANNOT BE ANY TELESCOPE
THAT CAN DETECT THE WHOLE
EXISTENCE.

IN MY VIEW THE PERSONAL
FIRST HAND EXPERIENCE,IS FAR
MORE RTELIABLE,OF OUR FOREFATHERS,
ALSO IN EVERY GENERATION,THOUGH
SMALL IN NUMBER,BUT ALWAYS
THERE WERE PEOPLE WHO CARED
ENOUGH TO PASS THEIR KNOWLEDEGE
TO US.
ALSO THERE ARE OTHER MEANS
TO FIND OUT INFO. ,BUT UNFORTUNATELY ,NEITHER TIME,
NOR MORAL CODES,NOT TO MENTION
CERTAIN LIMITATIONS OF HUMAN
LANGUAGE,WILL NOT ENABLE ME
TO EXPLAIN,LET ALONE SHARE
ALL MY KNOWLEDGE ON THIS SUBJECT.


GOD BLESS ALL
STEVEN
ZNOVIM@YAHOO.COM

GOD BLESS ALL

STEVE, VANCOUVER
March 11, 2010 11:41pm

I think everyone should watch the 2012 movie on dvd. That way you will know what will happen on 12-21-2012.

Paul Ying, Westborough, MA
March 12, 2010 7:11am

I agree with the above article. I personally have my faith but at the same time respect science. I truly BELIEVE we ALL need to live each day to the fullest and respect each other and be as happy as can be. What will come will come, when it comes. We cant do anything about it! The bible says NO MAN will know when he returns! Frome there, there are plenty of dooms day dates that have came and went, hell, my father when he was young said his family thought the world was coming to and end during, WWI WWII, the holocaust, 1988, 2000 Y2K-Remember that?? I think the MEDIA LOVES KEEPING YOU AND I LIVING IN AN ANXIETY WORLD-including THE DAILY DIET OF ECONOMY REPORTS!! The US has been thru 12 doumented recessions-we'll get through this one!!! My opinion may not be that valuble to some but think about it in basic terms!

Tyler Roberts, Arcanum, OH
March 16, 2010 7:44pm

Well, there you have it. There will be no end of days, because the infinite Universe is ageless and timeless.

The mighty Earth, by the way, A beautiful planet beaming with myriad life forms of seemingly inexhaustible diversity and adaptive qualities has experienced and withstood many chaotic and cataclysmic episodes in her short and remarkable life span. It is obvious to me that this planet is alive, and female in nature, and that she is strong beyond our infintile Human imagination.

Perhaps if we were to realize that in the immeasurable scope of our medium sized galaxy, "The Milky Way", the relative relevance of our home planet, Earth, is probably roughly equivalant to the size of a virus in relation to the mass of the Earth. Viruses are about 100 times smaller than bacteria, which are much smaller than dust particles. It would take 100s of 1000s of them, side by side, to stretch cover 1 centimetre (.39 in) The virus has a ribonucleic acid content of 1.0 × 106 atomic mass units. not much when contrasted with the mighty Earth! But that's about how relevant Earth is in contrast to the energy pull at the center of the Milky Way.

Earth is a tough customer, however petite. Durring a 100,000 year ice age following her seas lifting up and flying into the Himalayas, again, she'll take a long winter's nap, waking up around spring, pregnant and beaming with new life. Humanity's apocalyptic end of days will be like a fever she slept through.

As good a theory as any :)

Revin Floyd, San Clemente, CA
March 17, 2010 6:22am

Revin Floyd, that was absolutely awesome what you wrote! Humans believe that because we have the ability to think and rationalize that we must have been created by a higher power. But, as you said, we are so insignificant in the grand scheme of things.

Dave Bravo, Fort Worth
March 19, 2010 11:24am

The real truth about 2012 is that nothing will happen. If the world will just stop saying that something will happen on 2012, then something will happen. Otherwise, just believe in what you want to believe in.

Willa Abreu, Paterson
March 20, 2010 3:31pm

i believe only god knows when that will be so just keep your faith and he we will be by our side

al, tn
March 21, 2010 1:24am

This stuff is really confusing to me...

Rachel Ember, TN
March 21, 2010 10:33am

If the world ends it ends.. Only god truly knows about how we will end tho.. So we can predrict it all we want but. And to say the mayan Calander ends. What if they just stopped making it. We do have to remember that they died off and we really truly dont know where they went. And to say the astroid. Scientist say there is a small chance we will get hit

Jessica Morton, PK
March 22, 2010 6:50am

I believe that only God knows what will end to our life.But my only opinion is nothing will happen truly.Just keep your faith,praise Him and He will be by our side.

Trisha Louise R. Lupangco, philipines
March 25, 2010 11:13pm

i think that it is all a waste of time,but, if this does end up happining, i promise to apologise.

victoria wilson, new zealand
March 30, 2010 6:51pm

I had a dream a while back the the end of days did come in 2012 but it wasn't due to anything mentioned here, it was due to our own doings. I dreampt that scientists pushed their luck with the hadron collider and really did re-create the big bang theory.

If we actually found pandora's box, do you think we would open it knowing it would destroy us all?

of course we would.

Terry Cowan, Rockhampton, Queensland
March 31, 2010 2:30pm

Yes, there is a "chance" that 2012 will end us, but no more than there is a chance that tomorrow or May 18, 1963 was. We really have no reason to believe that that day has any significance at all. Yes, it is a really cool piece of mythology, but no, there is no reason to spend all of your money and not pay your bills.

HMMMM, HMMMSVILLE
March 31, 2010 6:06pm

I do not think that any things going to happen in 2012 as like mentioned in the article there have been many more predictions that did not come true so continue your work and get on with your lives because only god knows when the apocalypse will come.

Arman Rafique, Islamabad
April 02, 2010 9:45pm

We need to take a bit of a step back when we consider the whole "wisdom of the ancients" thing. Keep in mind that Mayans practiced human sacrifice and ritualized self mutilation as part of their religious observance. These aren't people we want to follow in a spiritual sense. They certainly are interesting and had complex social and political lives. However we should appreciate them for who they were and not create a mystical aura about them. There is no reason to think they would have had any particular insight into the future. In fact they actually had less insight than we do today owing to the technology we can use to study the universe.

Craig, Washington DC
April 03, 2010 2:08pm

Plus there is no solid evidence about any planets crashin into us or a reversal in the rotation of the earth or huge solar storms that will kill all life on earth.

Jerry, California
April 03, 2010 3:23pm

If one is going to be intellectually honest and believe in this transcendent wisdom of ancient (and fascinating people) you have to convincingly reconcile their often unenlightened behavior. Is it likely that a people with the level of sophistication to predict planetary catastrophe also thought that if they cut their penises with obsidian knives and let the blood flow on a stone altar it would rain? The personal genital mutilation being one of the more tame expressions of Mayan spiritualism. It sort of goes downhill from there.

Craig, Washington DC
April 04, 2010 1:49am

THANK YOU! I have been saying this for years! The whole bit of the Mayan calender is somewhat of a no-brainer. Really you think they should continue writing (or engraving) a rock hard wall just to ensure eternity is a solid theory?!

JustSayin, CA
April 04, 2010 6:42pm

Im Scared!!!! D:

Klaryssa, Candyland
April 04, 2010 9:21pm

SO AM I

Annie, California
April 05, 2010 4:51am

The Mayans are right. Everyone should hide in their basements during the apocalypse

Mike, Georgia
April 05, 2010 5:14pm

Despite what i read about a possible date for the "end of the world".
No one will truly no when it will end, it just will.

Justin, Australia
April 06, 2010 6:29am

At lease it make sense after reading this Sketiod.

dora, victoria
April 07, 2010 10:56pm

nobody around here knows when the world will end. the only person that knows is god

cody carr, corbin ky
April 08, 2010 8:40pm

"Da vi eba maikite" - on my language that means-"I DON'T believe in that"

eba4a, Ebinq
April 11, 2010 9:13am

I'd like you to explain more analysis about the pole reversal effect. There is an increasing amount of evidence that the last pole reversal happpened every 12,000 years or what you call a baktun. It's possible every baktun the pole reverses and there HAS been more than one ice age.

fecal matters, nj
April 11, 2010 12:35pm

XD this is just too funny....people...if u have a religion...then follow ur beliefs....if u dont...then go ahead and believe in science....but in reality...no one knows when the world will end...stupid mayans!! idiots...the world can end in a few seconds, 2morrow or after 2012....>=[

trickster, Ur mommas house
April 14, 2010 2:42pm

None of these reasons seem logical at all! Seriously, why should I believe that the Myans could predict when the world is going to end? The bible says only God the father knows when the second coming will be.

Amanda, Lebanon, Pennsylvania
April 16, 2010 8:47am

This hopefully doesn't get incredible hype, because lots of important things will be happening in this time period code the people in power can drive society into this massive scare tactic and potentially catch us all with our heads up our ass's and block off news of war threats and such.

Noways, Tahoe
April 19, 2010 12:15am

It's got a lot of hype but I'm not seeing this as being something that has a major impact on public policy. The believers are on the fringe already and not likely to have the ability to impact anything. The danger is that you could have some real though isolated tragedies based on extreme reactions to this urban myth.

Craig, Washington DC
April 19, 2010 11:21am

i am only a teenager and i believe the science side of things but how can the worlds gravitation pull be broke? And this is the only time i have heard about the Planet X causing havoc such as tsunamis and earthquakes, and truts me i have read around

India, Wales
April 22, 2010 8:38am

yeah right i do not think their will be an apocolypse in 2012 and planet x lmao theres no such thinngg!!!

brandon lees, blackpool
April 24, 2010 6:21am

Umm...yeah, there is no Planet X. NASA had a guy check, no planet. Nothing. There's not even a Planet X in any of the ancient stories that these people claim are about Planet X.

Those ancient pictures of this Planet then X people show, yeah they got it wrong. People who can actually read Cuneiform read those tablets. The pictures aren't about a Planet X.

So, the reason that Planet X isn't going to cause havoc would be that it doesn't exist.

Craig, Washington DC
April 24, 2010 2:12pm

If you are all so sure the world will end in 2012, why do you have a link to a debt management service on your site? Surely it won't matter??

GH, England
April 26, 2010 1:16am

There is no Planet X. You need to weed through the nonsense to get to the facts. And that is that the earth will align with all the planets and the sun with the galactic center. This will cause things to happen. Science does not know what, because it hasn't happened in recorded history. We just have to wait and see. Preparation for the unknown is futile. Our galaxy and planet is already changing and the proof is in plain sight.

Mike, Lake George,NY
April 26, 2010 11:21am

There will be a very interesting event when the earth aligns with all the planets and the sun with the galactic centre.
All the people who have been suckered by the 2012 clowns of the apocalypse will spin off the Earth into the heart of the sun. Those of us with more sense will remain behind, or feet firmly planted on mundane reality.

Marius vanderLubbe, nullabour Plain, Australia.
April 26, 2010 3:48pm

"Science does not know what, because it hasn't happened in recorded history."

Just a quick note: A bolide impact that causes 1,000 years of reduced sunlight hasn't happened in recorded history either, yet science has a pretty good idea of what happens when this occurres. The present is the key to the past, and the past is the key to the future. We've got 4.6 billion years of geological data, and 3.9 billion of biological data--surely this has happened once or twice since the Earth was formed? If so, we should have a record of it.

Gregory, Alabama
April 26, 2010 4:17pm

Think, Science still does not know what happened to the dinosaurs. There is lots of speculation and theory but no solid reason why the dinosaurs are gone. So, that being said. Science can speculate and theorize about the alignment but its all just an educated guess. Science still has questions about black holes, dark matter, singularities, and so on. Einstein's theory of relativity is genius but its still just a theory today. Just a note to you. Humans have been on this planet just an extremely small fraction of that 4.6 billion years. If you put the timeline of this planet into one year we have been in existence for 1 second.

Mike, Lake George,NY
April 27, 2010 10:18am

ooohh wowo that aint true then why didnt the world end in 2000 haha only god will knoe when we going 2 die ... they aint got no prooof and they shoudldnt be telling ppl in da 1st place....;)

dnt trip, dnt trip
April 29, 2010 7:59pm

well, i dont believe this cos u are not God to predict the end of the world

Judgement, Winneba,Ghana
April 30, 2010 12:29am

its gona happen ill tell u wat.

blake, georgia
April 30, 2010 8:14am

"Science still does not know what happened to the dinosaurs. "

No, we don't. They survived--many people eat them for lunch every day. If you mean non-avian dinosaurs, we know why they died as well. Ash in the atmosphere blocked the sun for about 1000 years (not totally, but enough), which altered the ecosystem. There's some minor debate about why this happened, but to say we don't know because of that debate is like saying we don't know Othello because someone transposed two letters.

I highly encourage you to delve into the literature. I'd start with Alvarez's works (he's the guy who came up with the bolide impact idea), and Gerta Keller's works (she's always argued it was the Decon Traps that did the most damage). These will lead you to others, and demonstrate that yes, we do in fact have a very good understanding of the K/T impact event.

Gregory, Alabama
April 30, 2010 9:40am

nobody on earth can predict with the world is going to end. only god knows.

cody carr, corbin ky
May 01, 2010 9:25pm

2012 may not be the end of the world...but we are living in an unsustainable situation here on Earth, and a major shift in how we live are lives is inevitable. Personally, I believe we will be responsible for our own destruction, until we learn to live in sync with nature.

David, LV, NV
May 02, 2010 5:27pm

It's A Very Serious Matter Than Can Or Cannot Be Solved. With Various Threats Of Raptures And Zombie Apocalypses, One Thing Is For Sure. 2012 Is The End...

Brennan, Iowa
May 03, 2010 7:04pm

Just Believe In God And He will Save you from great destruction!!!!!!

J, Non
May 04, 2010 6:43am

There's a large body of evidence that believing in a god does not do the first thing to save you from destruction. Saint Steven believed in God- killed by repeated blunt force trauma (they threw rocks at him), Saint Paul, believed in God- killed when an axe separated his head from his shoulders; Saint Sebastain beaten to death and thrown in a privy; Saint Matthew, killed with a halberd (sort of a spear with an axe on the end); The Monk Savanoral, hung while being burnt and stoned; Saint Bartholomew, flayed alive (skin ripped off) and then crucified.

Anyone want to guess what happens when a tsunami is about the engulf a person of faith? It drowns them. No believing in a higher power doesn't do the first thing to keep you from being destroyed.

Craig, Washington DC
May 04, 2010 10:43am

If we're going to place faith in ancient calendars, the Great Pyramid of Cheops (Egypt) predicts that the world will end in 2979 A.D.. Why the hell not?!

M, England
May 04, 2010 11:42am

I do not think that the world will end in 2012. Out of all of the billions of years of civilization, the chances of it being right now, during the beginning of the modern world and not in a another billion years or so is very small.

Richard Moog, Willits, CA
May 04, 2010 7:37pm

That is the cause why God Punish people because they way is to different for us Christians God Loves all He always give us consequences He always give Us everything he always reward us!!! But what do we do we watch porn we watch killing movies we watch bad saints we worship human works!!!!! that's why God created all of this!!! he planned This for he will test our courage he will test our worship, but if you don't believe me then ask the bible because i don't believe All of this 2012 its nonsense. GOD HAS THE POWER TO WIPED EVERYTHING, GOD HAS THE POWER TO SAVED EVERYTHING, GOD IS GOOD. Thats the only thing I believe. And if I'm wrong and If all of this will happen my only advice "Believe In God, Love Him, Pray, Read The Bible, Change your Way Choose the Right Path!!! and you will be given a special reward a reward of Internal Life....

J, Non
May 05, 2010 6:07am

12,21,2012 is not the last date on the Mesoamerican Long Count "Mayan" calendar , but is only the end of a time cycle. As for Mr.Richard Moog, I'm not real sure what planet he lives on, but the Earth that I inhabit has only been civilized at the most for 5 thousand years. Before that, intelligent life mainly followed around their food and slept under skins.

C, Cox, Savannah, Ga
May 05, 2010 7:33am

One source I found read that there are 7 more long count blocks anyway.

Joseph Bozeman, Moore, OK
May 11, 2010 8:50am

For the number of long count blocks to matter you would first have to prove that the Mayans had some sort of insight modern science does not. If there are seven or five or 1 more blocks, it doesn't matter because none of the purveyors of this nonsense have established that the Mayans had the ability to predict the end of the world.

Craig, Washington DC
May 16, 2010 3:21am

ok im 15...if the world is gonna end in 2012 then i have waisted my whole life in school...good one government..real nice!

Mel, Perth
May 18, 2010 4:14am

Um... no. The world's not going to end in 2012. At least if it does it won't have anything to do with Planet X, Mayan prophecies or ancient Sumerian texts. NASA had a guy check, all the planets are all where they are supposed to be obeying the laws of motion. Nope, no planets hiding somewhere waiting to mug us. They're all being fine, upstanding celestial citizens. This alignment thing happens on 21 December every year. It hasn't caused any ill effects yet. All those ancient Sumerian tablets on the websites that show this Planet X thingy, yeah that's not what the tablets say. That one tablet that shows an extra planet that all the website show, yeah not even our solar system. Most of the websites show a picture of Inani, a Sumerian goddess who is associated with the North Star. Those pictures don't show an extra planet, they depict the North Star. No Planet X. The Mayans don't mention this thing at all. If they did, who cares? If they were that talented at predictions, they would have predicted, I don't know, the arrival of Spanish. Take a deep breath, relax.

Craig, Washington DC
May 18, 2010 1:24pm

this Mayan calender about doomsday 2012 is just crap.nothing going to happen .in 2000 a.d . there was fear of global computer breakdown of virus attack y2k.but nothing happen .these doomsday predictions are just to create panic and public attention .wen the time comes for armageddon it will come as a surprise.

pai tei, imphal,asia
May 19, 2010 10:29am

it is not real

mr flimiemin, cookstown
May 21, 2010 3:21am

it just people that create movies it need people to my 2012 it will not heppen it just fasle

sifiso mahamba, mannguzi area
May 24, 2010 6:07am

2012 World-End scenario is not the point-- it IS/is the End & Beginning of a Cycle (nesting or fractal Cycles in fact).

Being new here at SKEPTOID, I previously read only the analysis of 'laying on hands'-- not once was Placebo mentioned. Even if Laying on Hands IS/is effective merely through the 'Placebo Effect'-- it IS a gentle & beautiful low-tech-Placebo with no side effects whatsoever as compared to the intrusively Expensive (cha-ching) high-tech plethora of Pharmaceutical & Surgical Placebos WITH side-effects. Who in their 'Right-Mind' (in a True-Democracy?) would chose 'Faith' in Big-Pharma, Surgical and other Placebo Products, when they can chose to 'Believe' in Hands-on & other gentle, beautiful, non-intrusive, low-tech, loving & YES! FREE! (think-- world's poor) alternative Healing Placebos.

Which brings us 'full-circle' back to 2012-- The New Planetary/Galactic Cycle IS/is PSYCHICAL. As for the nurses teaching 'Hands on'-- the New PSYCHICAL Cycle IS/is also returning 'into the balance' the vital maligned & abused Feminine (Yin) 'Energy?' Conquered over a Period of many Eve-Moons of the previous non-contestable, 'Time-tested' testosterone-dominant Planetary/Galactic Cycle.

Marc Suess, Vancouver
May 26, 2010 2:18pm

Were you trying to spell physical?

You lost me with all the hocus pocus crap. You have people touch you when you get cancer I'll go get chemotherapy. I bet i live longer....

Anyway i study astrophysics in school, and i can tell you the only thing that has a chance of happening by 2012 is an asteroid impact from an uncharted asteroid. But that could happen any day.

This is all a bunch of crap. We hear a new end date every time one passes and we are still here. The only reason it comes up is to give that guy that looks like Nostradamus air time on the history channel.

mike, detroit,mi
May 26, 2010 9:44pm

Where is the evidence that anything is happening in 2012? The Mayan's didn't attach significance to the end of their calendar and if they did so what? They pretty well sucked at predicting things. The Sumerians don't mention anything about this (despite ill informed claims to the contrary). There is no planet coming. The galactic alignment happens every year on December 21st with no ill effects observed so far. It's really only an alignment from out perspective anyway. So, where is there evidence that anything at all is going to happen in 2012?

Craig, Washington DC
May 27, 2010 8:06am

I have seen mayan calender pictures in a newspaper. that shows world will end 2012.but I believe world will never end in 2012. but in 2012, something may be happen.

Supun, Sri lanka
May 31, 2010 10:25am

What I find really galling about this is that the people who say we can prevent this non existent planet from fulfilling this nonexistent prophecy by positive energy or enhanced consciousness are going to be acting like we all need to thank them when nothing happens.

Craig, Washington DC
June 02, 2010 7:07am

well i know that there is going to be a disaster and there will be a Apocalypse i know the bible but i never read it cause i know how the world will be evolving i was sent down from heaven to send a message and i guess there is so much technology now i don't have to say it cause only the scientists are trying everything to make sure that there calculations are correct or a error and there is a asteroid floating in space i watch lots of things to make me occupied i am single and there is a reason cause no one wants to listen to me there is a big thing happening in 2012 and i am not happy for what i do i would love to work on servers or something but i don't have a degree cause the government is trying to make something happen for that there will still be human race on the planet and there always will be because god created the heaven and the earth for a reason we have animals and we have living organisms and cells and trees and so many things in the world and mother nature is the thing keeping it alive but if something kills it there is only one way to make it work again two ppl a woman and a man it takes two to make a culture and there is lots of things that we need to make sure it comes true and obama is trying to get a message out and he can't he swore on gods honest truth when he was sworn into office well i hope ppl will understand life is coming to a end in 2012 i seen the future in my dreams i see things happen before it comes so i hope to meet someone like me......

michael cole, kissimmee fl
June 07, 2010 8:13pm

I would like to know why everyone is makeing a big deal out of the 2012 myth, or the end of the world in general. Im a religious man myself and when the apocalyps comes, its going to come. Whether we know when the world is going to end or not, we cant keep on torturing ourselves with the thought of use being here one minute, and not the next. Life is to short to start with, so why constantly think about the end while your in the now.

Taylor, Alexandria, VA
June 09, 2010 9:20am

I'm not religious nor do I believe that any of this has to do with religion (if you believe this revolves around religious reasons then that's your prerogative.) I believe in science (but not like in a Tom Cruise kind of way.) The world will eventually at one point no longer sustain life. Be it disease, war, or other natural event, it is inevitable. Will it be soon? Not likely. People will kill themselves long before any astronomical or cataclysmic event on the earth. But in the event that the earth ends while life is still on it, it won't be soon. Technology isn't perfect nor is it always correct, but astronomers can predict and "see" if anything harmful will impact the earth lightyears away. So that alone can hinder the previous predictions and legends. If we were close to inevitable doom and were aware of it, Stephen Hawking would jump up and down. Anyways, see you in 2013 (unless I get hit by a car.)

Anthony, Detroit
June 10, 2010 3:06am

The world is gonna end when JESUS comes back.

Sara Smith, Los Angeles, CA
June 10, 2010 9:40am

Actually, I find the believers in the Christian Apocalypse to be far more troubling than the 2012 types. There are is a fairly large group of people who actually see the end of the world as a positive outcome and sometimes even work to bring it about. These would be people who do really responsible things like collect money to build settlements in the West Bank. The point of this is to cause (in their minds) the conditions set in the book of revelations to happen. In the mean time of course we make peace settlements in the Middle East more difficult. Really, compared to Christian Millennialists, 2012ers are harmless.

Craig, Washington DC
June 12, 2010 11:48am

California, Florida are burning, war murder, killings in the middle east and u.s.a. Hurricanes, Tornadoes and finally a Black President with a muslim name leading america! this world is 100% going to HELL! and also coming to an end, I feel sorry for those who dont have Jesus and GOD! as there saviour you think you got problems now!!

james, largo Florida
June 12, 2010 2:29pm

Do you know what happens when a person of faith is in a flood? They drown.

Craig, Washington DC
June 13, 2010 12:19am

I liked how you explaned the apocalypse it was very well writen and I like how you used your facts and how you explaned that many other predictions have bean said. I also like how you gave three facts that suported your opinion. They where explaned well and made me belive that 2012 is the end of the world.

Sincerely,Brent

Brent, Decorah,IA
June 20, 2010 3:57pm

Whew! That's a load off my back! I was worried that in a couple of years I would be kicking John Cusack in the face at the front door of a high tech Noah's Ark to get his spot...while a paperboy is chasing him screaming "I want my 2 dollars!!!!"

Joseph, Cleveland, OH
June 22, 2010 6:03am

I'm willing to forgive Cusack "2012" but only because of "Gross Point Blank". Woody Harrleson is however dead to me.

Craig, Washington DC
June 23, 2010 12:19pm

thanks to you it feels like i can get on with my life. this topic has scared me for like the past 4 years and finally i feel much more comfortable after reading this, that nothing will most likely happen on 2012 thx. thank u so much. i mean it. i can get on with my life. =) i cannot thank u enough for writing this article. u are a truly intelligent being and i admire ur writings so much. once again thank u for reassuring my mind. i used to have many dreams of 2012 now im sure they will go away. im so happy i could cry. XD

Harley, Montgomery, WV
June 27, 2010 6:36am

lol i agree wit "harley" he seems very thankfull (as u can c) lol im glad 2 get it offa my chest 2. i was slowly depresssing myself until 2012 and i didnt even kno it! i wuld be coming 15 on the day in 1012 which was thought 2 be the last day. anyways, i know know that i hav nothing 2 worry about. i am so reasurred! thank u

hiii, blah blah street
June 29, 2010 8:13am

Doing a report on 2012. This was a neat article and gave me ideas on how to do my paper... Thank you.

sally sue, okc ok
July 03, 2010 3:15pm

After a couple hours of curious research, all I could find were facts presented one sidedly. It scared me because I obviously don't know what the holes in the stories are. It calmed me down to read your entry and see BOTH sides of the story. I guess I just MAY survive my graduating year. Thanks Brian.

Claire L, Cleveland, OH
July 06, 2010 2:53pm

There really aren't two sides here. To say there are two sides is to say that the people who push this nonsense have the same scholarly standing and the same devotion to honest inquiry as the people who have done the research and reviewed all available material and come to a logical conclusion. In short there is the what is supported by evidence and what is not. The what is not part is not the "other side" of the argument.

Craig, Washington DC
July 07, 2010 10:09am

thanks for this i knew that it probably wasnt true but humans can pretty much convince themselves into that kind of stuff and i just had to try to find a way to convince myself out of it. but thanks to my cousin after all this hot weather saying that the apocalypse is going to come early i was getting kind of worried again. but now i know that none of them are based on true facts and i deeply appreciate this article and it shows me that maybe people can change and actually start getting smarter about the environment and do even more to change it. but it is a hard thing to change because we are a people of habit. thanks again i enjoyed the article a lot.

sara, NY
July 09, 2010 7:34am

im commenting on the part where u said (There's nothing wrong with studying and respecting our predecessors' history for what it was, but when you turn things over and start believing that scientific knowledge of the natural world has only decreased over time0.the thing is that crystal is also a type of science trying to understand it but we dont really know anything still.where ass the myan which i happen to be where able to use them and make 13 skulls by hand that r flawless and that even with our technology cant make today without leaving some sort of mark on it.and being myan im going to comment on when u said that my people didnt even believe the world was going to end they just wanted to stop writting the calender. well the thing is that they did believe and most still do.i know this because my people passed storys down through there kids and those storys r still around.so y dont u stop trying to say my people were lazy when u dont know shit about them.ok if u ever visited there ruins maybe u would learn something from my people.after all they did predict other things that actually came true

john, olympia,WA
July 09, 2010 12:44pm

I don't think anyone is suggesting that the Mayans were lazy. There's no indication that they produced perfect crystal skulls or could make predictions. They missed totally what would be the most important event in their history, the arrival of the Spanish. They are interesting from a scholarly point of view.

We should though appreciate them for who and what they were. They like the other indigenous populations of the Western Hemisphere engaged in human sacrifice and torture to appease gods. The Mayans who built the pyramids were a primitive people who used mythology to explain the world around them. This often meant human sacrifices but no worse or better than some Mediterranean and Northern European cultures. We should attempt to understand them for the reality of who and what they were not elevate them to some unsupportable mystical race of super beings.

Craig, Washington DC
July 09, 2010 1:47pm

Thank you so much for this. I'm Mercedes and I'm only fifteen. I was honestly really scared about the upcoming "2010" phenomena. So I decided to go around the web and read as much as I could about everything. I have to admit I am still kind of freaked out by all of this. Because you have to remember, The Government is being silent about something and that has to mean something is up. Even if it isn't anything to do with space or the Mayan calendar or anything. They might feel they have more lay away to do whatever they want to gain more power knowing that everyone is aware about the 2010 doomsday. You know? Overall, I'm glad i read your article it seemed to calm me down a little. Again; Thank you!

Mercedes, Coeur d' Alene
July 21, 2010 10:32am

DOOMSDAY! ALL I KNOW DOOMSDAY FOR END OF THE WORLD IS HOLD BY NONEXISTENCE AND NO DOOMSDAY! BUT THERE IS DOOMSDAY TO THE PEOPLE! TAKE THIS ADVICE ALL OF YOU WERE PRAISING TO JESUS CHRIST and OTHER GODS, TAKE A GLANCE OF THIS JESUS CHRIST PROME THAT WILL COME AND ALL OF YOY WILL BE ENDED! NEW BIBLE HAD BEEN SPEAKING ABOUT IT "HE" PROMIST ALL OF YOU THAT WHEN HE COME BACK END! HE SPAKE HE IS GOD OF ABRAHAM, ISAAC, AND JACOB AS A HUMAN "UNGODLY"! BUT THE OLD BIBLE SPAKE THAT THE GOD OF ABRAHAM SPAKE BY WORDS AND PROMISED THAT "HE" WILL GIVE THE PROMISE LAND! THEREFORE, WHICH IS TRUE GOD! NOW ALL I KNOW THOSE WHO BELIEVE WITH CRIST BE Ended AND THose WHO BELIEVE WITH THE WORDS HAVE THE RIGHT TO STAY!

ApocalypsE

AaroN, Philippines
July 25, 2010 6:08am

Thank you for sharing. The thoughts are build with good reason.
Though I always wonder, why end of world is predicted as destruction. why can't it be considered as a new way of life stepping aboard. Like loving starts back.

Life is so deeply engraved, the end of it can not be predicted. I don't know much of the ancients. But the spooks are gone. Thank you

AJ, Mins
July 25, 2010 1:03pm

All I know is this, when I lived in California since I was little, I used to have nightmares about me drowning by flood up until 5 yrs ago I still had those nightmares, I moved to Ohio and not once since I've been hare have I had a nightmare about that. But then I heard about 2012 doomsday, And that really spooked me. I get these anxiety attacks when I think about it. But then I keep going back to praying to GOD and I am reminded that is says in the bible that no one knows when the time is to end, but also it says don't believe in predictions, but it also says in the same sentence, even if it comes true. So that really confuses me. I have 3 kids, and they say oh well, if we die we die. But why is it that I am so fearful? Because sometimes I feel if there really is a GOD, he would make me feel comforted if this was not to be true. When I read this Skeptoid, I kind of felt a sigh of relief, but it still doesn't stop me from feeling anxiety again everytime I hear about 2012. I had made myself just stop thinking about it and say to myself, life goes on just forget about 2012. But then my kids wanted to rent the movie yesterday 2012, and I just started feeling it again. I don't know what to feel.

Leta, Ohio
July 26, 2010 6:16am

Don't rent the movie. I'm not saying because any of this is true; it's not. The movie is awful. I wanted to beat myself in the head with a hammer to erase the memory of ever having seen it. I'd rather roll around naked on a fire ant hill than watch that movie again.

Yeah um... you know none of this is real right? I mean the Sumerian legends, the Bible, Mayan prophesies (there aren't any actually but these nut cases say there are), Niburu, it's all made up stories like Michael Jackson's marriages or the Easter Bunny. There is no evidence for this. It's okay to demand evidence from nut cases that want to tell you the world is about to end. Anyone who tells you it's not just wants your money.

Craig, Washington DC
July 26, 2010 11:12am

This was nice to read. No doomsday craziness! However, the fact that the earth will be in the center of the universe and so many of the other cosmic events that are set to happen in 2012 is keeping me on my toes. I have to agree with Mercedes (above) that the Gov't surely is holding back on what it is known, about 2012? Maybe, but they know SOMETHING. I hate to think they are reptile alien beings, as some sites claim, or that there is an entire unground world, claimed by others. I guess what I really would like to know - There has GOT to be more to life than what I have figured out. My parents were extreme religious nuts, but that was to cover up for their complete ignorance in the affairs of the world. It was a safe haven for them, but it has left me, now 30 years later, completely empty - The universe is so large, we just can't be alone. I certainly hope the world is not ending in 2012 - There is so much I still want to learn and explore! There is so much I want to do and feel! There are so many people I want to meet, though not many impress me. No one will probably read this jibberish, but I just had to put my 2 cents out there. May "God" be with you, in whatever form you see him.

With Kind Regards

- Me

Still Skeptic that it's all a fraud, Heading to Mars
July 26, 2010 3:51pm

A) The Earth is not going to be at the center of anything, especially the Universe.

B) Yes there is a lot more going on in the universe than what it looks like. Of course finding all that out is being done by scientists, not silly conspiracy theorists and new age whackados. The universe is an interesting and fascinating place with out all this nonsense. You don't need to add this crap to the universe to make it interesting.

Craig, Washington DC
July 27, 2010 8:25am

from when i was 7 i kept having these dreams about everyone one dying and i am 19 now and i still have them and when i heard about this i freaked out i dreamed that there were fires floods ect,, i dont no what to belive because if you die you die cant do anything about it

shelbie, hollywood
July 28, 2010 6:42am

every time i here this story of 2012 and the end of the world. i feel a sudden burst of fear, because if it happens then i and billions of people die for no reason. i mean everybody does deserve a second chance if they have sinned still. if it happens then i believe that everybody will compeltetly change their lives and personility

andrew, bakersfield
August 01, 2010 12:12am

If by chance its true, then we are all going to die, go to heaven or hell. Ha! But you guys know it aswell as i do that its not true. What if it won't happen but you die before 2012? Whether i die now or then, it does not make any difference coz i have life through the only begotten son of GOD, JESUS THE CHRIST! I love the movie!

Kachisi, Blantyre, Malawi
August 03, 2010 12:47am

There is one interesting thing that will happen in 2012 that this article has glossed over that is when the earth 11 year sunspot cycle ends. Normally the solar radiation the sun emits in heavy bursts at these times would be absorbed by the earths magnetosphere. However NASA have discovered that there is now a large hole in the magnetosphere and that we are no longer safe in some way from its radiation. Now the extent of what will happen is anybody's guess. Legitimate scientists have theorised that natural disasters will occur and others have just shrugged and said they have no idea what will happen

scott, London
August 03, 2010 7:01am

i dont believe it because only GOD can say when it is the end maby it can be tommorow or now and my birthday is in augustus 11 i believe what GOD tells not people that's a fact

Markus, Fs hennenman
August 05, 2010 11:10am

Got a reference for that Scott?

Tom H, Kent, UK
August 05, 2010 11:33pm

I'm thirteen years old, and I am terrified.
my whole aspect on life has been changed because of this.
i'm really deppressed,
and afraid of anything that is akeen to a natural disaster.
i have had thoughts of asking my familty to put me into a medically induced coma for two years just to keep my paranoia from killing me. if 2012 does happen, i will be asleep and feel no pain, though the thought of my family in pain hurts me more than anything. Most of the things said here convinced me that 2012 isnt real, and i thank you greatly, but you said nothing of the earth crust displacement, which- is a majorly important subject. please,
somone help me...

rachael, lakewood,ohio
August 06, 2010 9:21pm

after reading this, i seriously dont know what to believe, im extremely scared if it is true!!!!

rebecca, scotland, uk
August 09, 2010 12:21pm